Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Northeast Bank

Northeast Bank

nbn · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nbn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 194
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Northeast Bank
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 7   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

NEB-20734.AnnualReport.2017.FR.indd   1

9/22/17   11:37 AM

I am very proud of our 

accomplishments in  

‘‘

fiscal 2017 and optimistic 

about what the future 

holds for our Company 

‘‘

and shareholders.

Richard Wayne, President and Chief Executive Officer

Dear Shareholders,

As I reflect on the past several years, I am pleased with the 
success  of  our  Company.  Fiscal  2017  was  a  very  positive 
year  for  our  Company  and,  in  turn,  a  rewarding  year  for 
our  shareholders. We  have  made  strategic  investments  to 
build and leverage our national lending platform and, in the 
same  timeframe,  we  have  seen  continued  growth  in  both 
our balance sheet and earnings. With all divisions working 
in tandem, we now see the true potential of the Company. 

Year over year, Northeast grew diluted earnings per share by 
73% to $1.38, achieved a return on average equity of 10.62% 
and achieved a return on average assets of 1.22%, while our 
stock price appreciated 81% from closing at $11.25 on June 
30, 2016 to closing at $20.35 on June 30, 2017.

Our  earnings  growth  in  fiscal  2017  was  driven  by  a 
number of key factors:

■  We  generated  loans  of  $516.7  million,  and  excluding 
both  loans  held  for  sale  and  the  $48.0  million  of  secured 
loans to broker-dealers repaid during the year, we grew the 
loan portfolio by $134.8 million, or 19.5%, compared to June 
30, 2016. Loans generated consisted of the following:

■  The  Loan  Acquisition  and  Servicing  Group  (“LASG”) 

closed $350.5 million of purchases and originations;

■  The Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Division closed 
$82.0 million of SBA loans and United States Department 
of Agriculture (“USDA”) loans; and

■  The  Community  Banking  Division  closed  $76.6  million 
of residential loans and $7.6 million of commercial loans.

■  We achieved a total loan portfolio yield of 7.5%, including 
a yield on our purchased loan portfolio of 12.2%.

■  The strategic repositioning of our balance sheet with the 
payoff of these secured loans to broker-dealers and the sale 
of a Community Banking Division commercial loan portfolio 
which, combined, had a weighted average yield of 1.92%, 
provides for higher yielding loan capacity in the future.

■  When compared to the prior year, the Company achieved 
revenue  growth  of  $10.4  million  with  an  increase  of  only 
$2.0 million in operating expenses. This net margin helped 
the Company decrease the efficiency ratio to 62.22%.  

to 

remains  dedicated 

■  The  Company 
increasing 
shareholder  value  through  the  sound  execution  of  our 
business strategies and prudent capital management. In the 
past year when we believed our shares were undervalued, 
we  repurchased  645,238  shares  of  Northeast  stock  at  an 
average  share  price  of  $10.75. The  Company’s  stock  price 
closed at $20.35 on June 30, 2017. The appreciation in the 
Company’s  stock  price  prompted  our  inclusion  into  the 
broad-market Russell 3000® Index as a result of the Russell 
U.S. indexes annual reconstitution. 

■  Our capital position remains strong, with a Tier 1 Leverage 
ratio of 12.81% and a Total Capital ratio of 19.48%.

NEB-20734.AnnualReport.2017.FR.indd   2

9/22/17   11:37 AM

LASG
Our LASG continued to build its national commercial loan 
portfolio, generating $350.5 million in new purchases and 
originations  in  fiscal  2017,  thereby  achieving  net  growth 
of 24.7%, or $114.3 million. During the year, we purchased 
loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $126.7 
million  at  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  89.0%  of  the 
unpaid  principal  balance.  At  June  30,  2017,  net  of  pay-
downs, payoffs and sales, the purchased loan portfolio stood 
at $246.4 million, and produced a total return of 12.30% for 
the year, a measure that includes both interest income and 
gains on asset sales. 

In  addition,  the  LASG  team  has  continually  grown  the 
commercial  origination  platform  to  supplement 
its 
purchasing  activities  and  to  further  leverage  the  team’s 
expertise.  During  the  year,  the  LASG  originated  $237.7 
million in new loans. The originated portfolio grew to $330.5 
million  at  June  30,  2017,  and  earned  an  average  yield  of 
6.21%, excluding secured loans to broker-dealers.

Since  the  inception  of  the  LASG  through  June  30,  2017, 
we  have  invested  an  aggregate  of  $1.2  billion,  consisting 
of  approximately  $600  million  of  purchased  loans  and 
approximately $585 million of originated loans.

SBA
Since  the  launch  of  our  SBA  Division  in  November  2014, 
we  have  continued  to  originate  small  business  loans 
nationwide.  In  fiscal  2017,  we  expanded  the  reach  of  our 
SBA Division by introducing new origination channels and 
building  brand  awareness  through  national  marketing 
initiatives.  The  growth  in  this  division  capitalizes  on  our 
national credit platform.

In the past year, we closed $82.0 million of SBA and USDA 
loans,  which  were  primarily  commercial  real  estate  loans 
originated  under  the  SBA’s  7(a)  program.  We  sold  $53.8 
million of the guaranteed portion of these loans for a net 
gain of $5.3 million. At June 30, 2017, net of pay-downs and 
sales, the SBA loan portfolio stood at $53.0 million.

Community Banking
In  the  Community  Banking  Division,  we  continued  to 
further our small business lending across Maine in order to 
foster job creation, support local businesses and reinvest in 
our  footprint  communities.  As  part  of  our  ongoing  efforts 
to  support  our  communities,  we  continue  to  devote  both 
monetary  and  volunteer  resources  to  worth  while  local 

non-profit  organizations.  Our  Community  Involvement 
Volunteer Program continues to be a key driver of employee 
engagement.  With  two  days  annually  made  available 
for  community  service,  this  program  allows  our  175+ 
employees  to  mobilize  in  response  to  community  needs 
and the causes they are passionate about.

Our  Residential  Mortgage  Division  had  a  strong  year, 
generating $76.6 million in originations for fiscal 2017. We 
sold a significant portion of these loans into the secondary 
market and realized gains on sale totaling $1.5 million.

In  order  to  generate  the  deposits  necessary  to  fund  asset 
growth, we rely on three channels: our ten retail branches 
across Maine; our direct savings platform, ableBanking; and 
time  deposits  through  deposit  listing  services.  In  the  past 
year  we  achieved  net  deposit  growth  of  $89.4  million,  or 
11.2%,  principally  from  the  increase  in  our  non-maturity 
accounts which consist of our money market, savings and 
demand  deposit  products.  The  growth  in  these  products 
has  strengthened  our  overall  deposit  mix,  bringing  non-
maturity accounts to approximately 62% of total deposits as 
of June 30, 2017, as compared to approximately 56% of total 
deposits as of June 30, 2016.

                                               *            *             *

I  am  very  proud  of  our  accomplishments  in  fiscal  2017 
and  optimistic  about  what  the  future  holds  for  our 
Company  and  shareholders.  We  have  continued  to  build 
our  diversified  lending  and  deposit  gathering  platforms, 
and  have  seen  firsthand  the  value  we  can  add  to  our 
growing  Company.  Each  and  every  day,  our  employees, 
management team and Board remain focused on achieving 
our goals and increasing Company and shareholder value. 
As a result, we believe we are well positioned to continue to 
perform to our high standards.     

Thank you for your continued support and interest in  
our Company.

Sincerely,

Richard Wayne
President and Chief Executive Officer

NEB-20734.AnnualReport.2017.FR.indd   3

9/22/17   11:37 AM

NEB-20734.AnnualReport.2017.FR.indd   4

9/22/17   11:37 AM

United States  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
☑ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017  

OR  

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the transition period from   to 

Commission file number (1-14588)  

NORTHEAST BANCORP 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Maine 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 
500 Canal Street, Lewiston, Maine 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

01-0425066 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
04240 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (207) 786-3245  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class: 
Voting Common Stock, $1.00 par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered: 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☑  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☑  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☑ No ☐  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein,  and  will not  be contained,  to the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or information  statements  incorporated  by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☑ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” 
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  
Large Accelerated Filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
Emerging growth company 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☑  
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the 
last reported sales price of the registrant’s voting common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on December 31, 2016 was approximately 
$87,688,256.  
As of September 6, 2017, the registrant had outstanding 7,853,075 shares of voting common stock, $1.00 par value per share, and 991,194 
shares of non-voting common stock, $1.00 par value per share.   

Accelerated filer 
Smaller Reporting Company 

☐ 
☐ 
☐ 

☑
☐

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on November 17, 2017 are incorporated 
by reference in Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The registrant intends to file such proxy 
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.  

 
   
   
This page intentionally left blank

Part I. 

Table of Contents 

Item 1.  Business ..................................................................................................................................................... 

1

Item 1A.  Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................... 

15

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ...................................................................................................................... 

24

Item 2.  Properties ................................................................................................................................................... 

24

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................................................... 

24

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ............................................................................................................................ 

24

Part II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ................................................................................................................................................... 

25

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................. 

27

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .................... 

28

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................................... 

50

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................................................... 

51

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ....................  100

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ............................................................................................................................  100

Item 9B.  Other Information ......................................................................................................................................  102

Part III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ........................................................................  102

Item 11.  Executive Compensation ...........................................................................................................................  102

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ..  102

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..........................................  102

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services ...................................................................................................  102

Part IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  ..................................................................................................  103

i 

  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
  
   
 
 
A Note About Forward-Looking Statements  

This report contains certain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, such as statements relating to the financial 
condition,  prospective  results  of  operations,  future  performance  or  expectations,  plans,  objectives,  prospects,  loan  loss 
allowance  adequacy,  simulation  of  changes  in  interest  rates,  capital  spending,  finance  sources  and  revenue  sources  of 
Northeast Bancorp ("we," "our," "us," "Northeast" or the "Company"). These statements relate to expectations concerning 
matters  that  are  not  historical  facts.  Accordingly,  statements  that  are  based  on  management's  projections,  estimates, 
assumptions, and judgments constitute forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements, which are based on 
various assumptions (some of which are beyond the Company's control), may be identified by reference to a future period or 
periods, or by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "believe", "expect", "estimate", "anticipate", "continue", "plan", 
"approximately", "intend", "objective", "goal", "project", or other similar terms or variations on those terms, or the future or 
conditional verbs such as "will", "may", "should", "could", and "would".  

Such forward-looking statements reflect our current views and expectations based largely on information currently available 
to our management, and on our current expectations, assumptions, plans, estimates, judgments, and projections about our 
business  and  our  industry,  and  they  involve  inherent  risks  and  uncertainties.  Although  the  Company  believes  that  these 
forward-looking statements are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions, they are not guarantees of future performance 
and  are  subject  to  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties,  contingencies,  and  other  factors.  Accordingly,  the  Company 
cannot give you any assurance that its expectations will in fact occur or that its estimates or assumptions will be correct. The 
Company cautions you that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking 
statements as a result of, among other factors, the factors referenced in this report under Item 1A. "Risk Factors changes in 
interest rates and real estate values; competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of a deterioration in 
general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes 
that adversely affect borrowers' ability to service and repay our loans; changes in loan defaults and charge-off rates; changes 
in the value of securities and other assets, adequacy of loan loss reserves, or deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing 
to fund loans and investments; changes in government regulation; the risk that we may not be successful in the implementation 
of our business strategy; the risk that intangibles recorded in the Company's financial statements will become impaired; and 
changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as 
of the date of this report and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any of these forward-looking 
statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this report. 

ii 

  
  
    
Item 1. 

Business  

Overview  

PART I  

Northeast  Bancorp,  incorporated  under  Maine  law  in  1987,  is  a  bank  holding  company,  registered  with  the  Board  of 
Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (the  "Federal  Reserve")  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as 
amended. The Company's primary subsidiary and principal asset is its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Northeast Bank 
(the "Bank" or "Northeast Bank"), a Maine state-chartered bank originally organized in 1872.  

On December 29, 2010, the merger of the Company and FHB Formation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("FHB"), 
was consummated. In connection with the transaction, as part of the regulatory approval process, the Company and the Bank 
made certain commitments to the Federal Reserve, the most significant of which are (i) to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 
at least 10%, (ii) to maintain a total capital ratio of at least 15%, (iii) to limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans, (iv) to 
fund  100%  of  the  Company's  loans  with  core  deposits  (defined  as  non-maturity  deposits  and  non-brokered  insured  time 
deposits), and (v) to hold commercial real estate loans (including owner-occupied commercial real estate) to within 300% of 
total capital. On June 28, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved the amendment of the commitment to hold commercial real 
estate loans to within 300% of total capital to exclude owner-occupied commercial real estate loans. All other commitments 
made to the Federal Reserve in connection with the merger remain unchanged. The Company and the Bank are currently in 
compliance with all commitments to the Federal Reserve.  

As of June 30, 2017, the Company, on a consolidated basis, had total assets of $1.1 billion, total deposits of $889.9 million, 
and shareholders' equity of $122.8 million. We gather retail deposits through the Community Banking Division's ten full-
service  branches  in  Maine  and  through  its online deposit program,  ableBanking; originate  loans  through  the  Community 
Banking Division; purchase and originate commercial loans on a nationwide basis through the Bank’s Loan Acquisition and 
Servicing  Group  ("LASG");  and  originate  Small  Business  Administration  and  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
(“SBA”) loans on a nationwide basis through the Bank’s national SBA group ("SBA Division").  

Unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  references  herein  to  the  Company  include  the  Company  and  its  subsidiary  on  a 
consolidated basis.  

Strategy  

The Company's goal is to prudently grow its franchise, while maintaining sound operations and risk management, by means 
of the following strategies:  

Continuing to grow the LASG’s national originated and purchased loan business. We purchase commercial real estate loans 
nationally, at prices that on average have produced yields significantly higher than those available on our originated loan 
portfolio. We also originate loans nationally, taking advantage of our core expertise in underwriting and servicing national 
credits. 

Growing our national SBA origination business. We originate loans on a national basis to small businesses, primarily through 
the SBA 7(a) program, which provides the partial guarantee of the SBA.  

Continuing our community banking tradition. With a history that dates to 1872, our Community Banking Division maintains 
its focus on sales and service, with the goal of attracting and retaining deposits, and serving the lending needs of retail and 
commercial customers within our core markets. 

Generating deposits to fund our business. We offer a full line of deposit products through our ten-branch network located in 
the Community Banking Division’s market. ableBanking is a direct savings platform providing an additional channel to raise 
core deposits to fund our asset strategy. 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Market Area and Competition  

The  LASG  and SBA Division  activities  are  nationwide. The LASG  competes primarily  with  community  banks, regional 
banks and private equity funds operating nationwide in its bid to acquire commercial loans. We believe that we often have a 
competitive advantage in bidding against private equity funds on performing loans because those funds generally have higher 
funding costs and, therefore, higher expectations for return on investment than we do. Furthermore, private equity funds 
typically do not compete for small balance commercial loans and typically pursue larger, bulk transactions. Due to improving 
credit quality over the past several years and the low interest rate environment, the supply of loans available for purchase has 
declined, competition has increased, and spreads have tightened. Despite these trends, we believe that the LASG continues 
to  have  a  competitive  advantage  in bidding  against other banks because  we have  a  specialized  group  with  experience  in 
purchasing  commercial  real  estate  loans.  Additionally,  most  banks  we  compete  against  are  community  banks  looking  to 
acquire loans in their market; these banks usually have specific criteria for their acquisition activities and do not pursue pools 
with collateral or geographic diversity.  

The SBA Division competes primarily with community banks, regional banks, national/global banks, and non-bank licensed 
lenders on a nationwide basis. Capitalizing on our LASG origination loan infrastructure, the SBA Division is in a position to 
review  and  act  quickly  on  a  variety  of  lending  opportunities.  Risk  management,  approvals,  underwriting  and  other  due 
diligence  for  these  loans  is  similar  to  that  for  the  LASG  loans.  We  believe  that  the  SBA  Division  has  an  advantage  in 
originating commercial loans because of its ability to utilize in-house staff to quickly and accurately screen loan opportunities, 
which accelerates the underwriting process.  

The  Community  Banking  Division’s  market  area  includes  the  six  New  England  states,  with  the  majority  of  its  activities 
centered in the western and central regions of the State of Maine. We encounter significant competition in the Community 
Banking Division market area in originating loans, attracting deposits, and selling other customer products and services. Our 
competitors  include  savings  banks,  commercial  banks,  credit  unions,  mutual  funds,  insurance  companies,  brokerage  and 
investment  banking  companies,  finance  companies,  and  other  financial  intermediaries.  Many  of  our  primary  competitors 
there  have  substantially  greater  resources,  larger  established  customer  bases,  higher  lending  limits,  extensive  branch 
networks,  numerous  ATMs  and  greater  advertising  and  marketing  budgets.  They  may  also  offer  services  that  we  do  not 
currently provide. ableBanking has nationwide scope in its deposit gathering activities and competes with banks and credit 
unions, as well as other, larger, online direct banks having a national reach. 

Lending Activities  

General  

We conduct our loan-related activities through three primary channels: the LASG, the SBA Division, and the Community 
Banking Division. The LASG purchases primarily performing commercial real estate loans, on a nationwide basis, typically 
at  a  discount  from  their  outstanding  principal  balances,  producing  yields  higher  than  those  normally  achieved  on  the 
Company's originated loan portfolio. The LASG also originates commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans 
on a nationwide basis. The SBA Division originates loans to small businesses, primarily through the SBA 7(a) program, 
which provides the partial guarantee of the SBA. The Community Banking Division originates loans directly to consumers 
and  businesses  located  in  its  market  area.  At  June  30,  2017,  our  total  loan  portfolio  (excluding  loans  held  for  sale)  was 
$779.2 million, of which $576.9 million, or 74.0%, was purchased or originated by the LASG, $53.0 million, or 6.8%, was 
originated by the SBA Division, and $149.3 million, or 19.2%, was originated by the Community Banking Division. 

2 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our portfolio loan purchases and originations for the periods 
indicated (including loans held for sale): 

Loans, including loans held for sale, beginning of year ..................................   $ 
Additions: 

LASG Purchases and Originations: 

Originations ..............................................................................................     
Purchases ..................................................................................................     
Subtotal .................................................................................................     
SBA Division Originations ..........................................................................     
Community Bank Originations: 

Residential mortgages held for sale .........................................................     
Residential mortgage held to maturity .....................................................     
Home equity .............................................................................................     
Commercial real estate .............................................................................     
Commercial and industrial .......................................................................     
Consumer .................................................................................................     
Subtotal .................................................................................................     
Total originations and purchases .................................................................     

Reductions: 

Sales of residential loans held for sale .........................................................     
Sales of portfolio loans ................................................................................     
Charge-offs ..................................................................................................     
Pay-downs and amortization, net .................................................................     
Total reductions ...........................................................................................     
Loans, including loans held for sale, end of year ............................................   $ 
Annual percentage increase in loans ...............................................................     

Year Ended June 30, 

2017 

2016 

(Dollars in thousands) 

699,955   

  $ 

621,172  

237,691   
112,807   
350,498   
81,996   

72,571   
3,785   
201   
6,565   
980   
145   
84,247   
516,741   

(74,662 )      
(72,052 )      
(387 )      
(285,701 )      
(432,802 )       
  $ 
783,894   
11.99 %     

110,578  
99,999  
210,577  
54,469  

90,011  
3,828   
765  
15,029  
6,973  
185  
116,791  
381,837  

(89,901) 
(39,081) 
(1,265) 
(172,807) 
(303,054) 
699,955  

12.68% 

We  individually  underwrite  all  loans  that  we  originate  and  purchase.  Our  loan  underwriting  policies  are  reviewed  and 
approved  annually  by  our  Board  of  Directors.  Each  loan,  regardless  of  whether  it  is  originated  or  purchased,  must  meet 
underwriting criteria set forth in our lending policies and the requirements of applicable federal and state regulations. All 
loans are subject to approval procedures and amount limitations, and the Board approves loan relationships exceeding certain 
prescribed dollar limits. Our policies are reviewed and approved at least annually by our Board of Directors. We supplement 
our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic loan audits by internal personnel and outside 
professionals experienced in loan review. As of June 30, 2017, the Bank’s legal lending limit was $28.5 million. 

We typically retain servicing rights for all loans that we originate or purchase, except for residential loans that we originate 
and sell servicing released in the secondary market.  

LASG Purchases and Originations 

General. Loans originated or purchased by the LASG were $576.9 million as of June 30, 2017, which consisted of $415.3 
million of commercial real estate loans, $156.0 million of commercial and industrial loans, and $5.6 million of one- to four-
family residential loans. The following table summarizes the LASG loan portfolio as of June 30, 2017: 

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate ...................   $ 
Owner occupied commercial real estate ...........................     
Commercial and industrial ...............................................     
1-4 family residential .......................................................     
Total .................................................................................   $ 

134,970    $ 
106,754      
1,186      
3,478      
246,388    $ 

90,154     $ 
83,446       
154,823       
2,092       
330,515     $ 

225,124  
190,200  
156,009  
5,570  
576,903  

Purchased 

Originated 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
      
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
      
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Since the inception of the LASG through June 30, 2017, we have purchased loans with an aggregate investment of $599 
million,  of  which  $112.8  million  was  purchased  during  fiscal  2017.  We  have  also  originated  LASG  loans  totaling  $584 
million, of which $237.7 million was originated in fiscal 2017. As of June 30, 2017, the unpaid principal balance of loans 
purchased  or  originated  by  the  LASG  ranged  from  $1  thousand  to  $12.0  million  and  have  an  average  balance  of  $746 
thousand. The real estate loans were secured principally by retail, industrial, hospitality, multi-family and office properties 
in 39 states.  

The following table shows the LASG loan portfolio stratified by book value as of June 30, 2017, excluding deferred fees and 
costs: 

Range 

Amount 

Percent of Total 

(Dollars in thousands)  

$0 - $500 ........................................................................................   $ 
$500 - $1,000 .................................................................................     
$1,000 - $2,000 ..............................................................................     
$2,000 - $3,000 ..............................................................................     
$3,000 - $4,000 ..............................................................................     
Greater than $4,000 ........................................................................     
Total ...............................................................................................   $ 

76,385      
81,906      
144,831      
95,318      
47,728      
129,245      
575,413      

13.27 % 
14.23 % 
25.17 % 
16.57 % 
8.29 % 
22.47 % 
100.00 % 

The following tables show the LASG loan portfolio by location and type of collateral as of June 30, 2017, excluding deferred 
fees and costs: 

Collateral Type 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Percent 
of Total  

   State 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Percent 
of Total   

Multifamily ............   $ 
Office .....................     
Hospitality ..............     
Retail ......................     
Industrial ................     
Other real estate ......     
All other .................     
Total .......................   $ 

11.38%    CA .....................     $ 
65,454      
11.12%    NY ....................       
63,986      
7.54%    NJ ......................       
43,389      
20.73%   
IL ......................       
119,299      
12.09%    AZ .....................       
69,545      
4.58%    TX .....................       
26,336      
32.56%    Non-real estate ..       
187,404      
575,413       100.00%    All other states ..       
      Total ..................     $ 

107,059       18.61% 
134,384       23.35% 
6.00% 
34,539      
5.51% 
31,695      
3.56% 
20,509      
20,196      
3.51% 
84,626       14.71% 
142,405       24.75% 
575,413       100.00% 

Loan  Purchase  Strategies.  The  LASG's  loan  purchasing  strategy  involves  the  acquisition  of  commercial  loans,  typically 
secured by real estate or other business assets located throughout the United States.  

We  acquire  commercial  loans  typically  at  a  discount  to  their  unpaid  principal  balances.  While  we  acquire  loans  on  a 
nationwide basis, we seek to avoid significant concentration in any geographic region or in any one collateral type. We do 
not seek acquisition opportunities for which the primary collateral is land, construction, or one- to four-family residential 
property, although in a very limited number of cases, loans secured by such collateral may be included in a pool of otherwise 
desirable loans. Purchased loans are sourced on a nationwide basis from banks, insurance companies, investment funds and 
government agencies, either directly or indirectly through advisors. 

We focus on servicing released, whole loan or lead participation transactions so that we can control the management of the 
portfolio through our experienced asset management professionals. Purchased loans can be acquired as a single relationship 
or combined with other borrowers in a larger pool. Loans are bid to a minimal acceptable yield to maturity based on the 
overall risk of the loan, including expected repayment terms and the underlying collateral value. Updated loan-to-value ratios 
and loan terms both influence the amount of discount the Bank requires in determining whether a loan meets the Bank's 
guidelines. We often achieve actual results in excess of our minimal acceptable yield to maturity when a loan is prepaid.  

At June 30, 2017, purchased loans had an unpaid principal balance of $279.9 million and a book value of $246.4 million, 
representing a total discount of 12.0%.  

4 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
      
  
    
      
   
  
       
        
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
The following table shows the purchased loan portfolio as of June 30, 2017 by original purchase price percentage:  

Initial Investment as a % of 
Unpaid Principal Balance  

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Percent of Total 

0% - 60% ........................................................................................   $ 
60% - 70% ......................................................................................     
70% - 80% ......................................................................................     
80% - 90% ......................................................................................     
>90% ..............................................................................................     
Total ............................................................................................   $ 

7,157      
6,803      
22,943      
74,566      
134,919      
246,388      

2.90% 
2.76% 
9.31% 
30.26% 
54.77% 
100.00% 

Secondary Market for Commercial Loans. Commercial whole loans are typically sold either directly by sellers or through 
loan sale advisors. Because a central database for commercial whole loan transactions does not exist, we attempt to compile 
our own statistics by both polling major loan sale advisors to obtain their aggregate trading volume and tracking the deal flow 
that we see directly via a proprietary database. This data reflects only a portion of the total market, as commercial whole 
loans that are sold in private direct sales or through other loan sale advisors are not included in our surveys. In recent years, 
the ratio of performing loans to total loans in the market has increased, in part, because sellers have worked through their 
most  troubled,  non-performing  loans  or  are  looking  to  minimize  the  discount  they  would  receive  in  a  secondary  market 
transaction. While the 2008-2010 economic crisis led to a high level of trading volume, we also expect the market to remain 
active  in  times  of  economic  prosperity,  as  sellers  tend  to  have  additional  reserve  capacity  to  sell  their  unwanted  assets. 
Furthermore, we believe that the continued consolidation of the banking industry will create secondary market activity as 
acquirers often sell non-strategic borrowing relationships or assets that create excess loan concentrations.  

Underwriting of Purchased Loans. We review many loan purchase opportunities and commence underwriting on a relatively 
small percentage of loans. Purchased loans are underwritten by a team of in-house, seasoned analysts before being considered 
for approval. Prior to commencing underwriting, loans are analyzed for performance characteristics, loan terms, collateral 
quality, and price expectations. We also consider whether the loans would make our total purchased loan portfolio more or 
less  diverse  with  respect  to  geography,  loan  type  and  collateral  type.  The  opportunity  is  underwritten  once  it  has  been 
identified  as  fitting  our  investment  parameters.  While  the  extent  of  underwriting  may  vary  based  on  investment  size, 
procedures generally include the following: 

●  A loan analyst reviews and analyzes the seller credit file and our own internal and third party research in order to

assess credit risk; 

●  With the assistance of local counsel, where appropriate, an in-house attorney makes a determination regarding the 

quality of loan documentation and enforceability of loan terms;  

●  An  in-house  real  estate  specialist  performs  real  estate  collateral  evaluations,  which  includes  conducting  original
market research for trends and sale and lease comparables, and develops a valuation based on current data reflecting
what we believe are recent trends;  

●  An environmental assessment is performed on real estate collateral where appropriate;  

●  A  property  inspection  is  generally  performed  on  all  real  estate  collateral  securing  a  loan,  focusing  on  several
characteristics,  including,  among  other  things,  the  physical  quality  of  the  property,  current  occupancy,  general
quality and occupancy within the neighborhood, market position and nearby property listings; and  

●  An underwriting package containing the analysis and results is reviewed and submitted for approval by the LASG

Credit Committee.  

Collateral Valuation. The estimated value of the real property collateralizing the loan is determined by the LASG's in-house 
real estate group, which considers, among other factors, the type of property, its condition, location and its highest and best 
use in its marketplace. An inspection is conducted for the real property securing all loans bid upon. For loans that exceed a 
certain  dollar  threshold  as  prescribed  in  our  credit  policy,  members  of  the  LASG  typically  conduct  an  in-person  site 
inspection.  

5 

  
       
        
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
We generally view cash flow from operations as the primary source of repayment on purchased loans. The LASG analyzes 
the current and likely future cash flows generated by the collateral to repay the loan. Also considered are minimum debt 
service coverage ratios, consisting of the ratio of net operating income to total principal and interest payments. Consideration 
of  the  debt  service  coverage  ratio  is  critical  to  the  pricing  and  rating  of  purchased  and  originated  loans,  and  is  analyzed 
carefully.  For  purchased  loans,  care  is  taken  to  ensure  that,  unless  significantly  offset  by  other  factors  in  the  credit,  the 
purchase price results in an adjusted debt service coverage ratio that is within the Bank’s lending limits. Moreover, if the debt 
service coverage ratio based on the contractual payments, regardless of the Bank’s exposure, is significantly below 1.0x, then 
steps are taken to document alternative sources of repayment or develop a realistic plan to ensure continued performance of 
the loan.  

Loan Pricing. In determining the amount that we are willing to bid to acquire individual loans or loan pools, the LASG 
considers the following: 

●  Collateral securing the loan;  

●  Geographic location;  

●  Financial resources of the borrower or guarantors, if any;  

●  Recourse nature of the loan;  

●  Age and performance of the loan;  

●  Length of time during which the loan has performed in accordance with its repayment term;  

●  Yield expected to be earned; and  

●  Servicing restrictions, if any.  

In addition to the factors listed above and despite the fact that purchased loans are typically performing loans, the LASG also 
estimates the amount that we may realize through collection efforts or foreclosure and sale of the collateral, net of expenses, 
and the length of time and costs required to complete the collection or foreclosure process in the event a loan becomes non-
performing or is non-performing at the time of purchase.  

Loan  Originations.  In  addition  to  purchasing  loans,  the  LASG  also  originates  commercial  loans  on  a  nationwide  basis. 
Capitalizing on our purchased loan infrastructure, the LASG is in a position to review and act quickly on a variety of lending 
opportunities.  Risk  management,  approvals,  underwriting  and  other  due  diligence  for  these  loans  is  similar  to  that  for 
purchased  loans,  other  than  the  appraisal  and  documentation  process,  which  mirrors  the  Community  Banking  Division’s 
practice of employing local attorneys and real estate appraisers to assist in the process. We believe that the LASG has an 
advantage in originating commercial loans because of its ability to utilize in-house staff to quickly and accurately screen loan 
opportunities and accelerate the underwriting process. 

Loan Servicing. We conduct all loan servicing for purchased and originated loans with an in-house team of experienced asset 
managers who actively manage the loan portfolio. Asset managers initiate and maintain regular borrower contact, and ensure 
that the loan credit analysis is accurate. Collateral valuations, property inspections, and other collateral characteristics are 
updated periodically as a result of our ongoing in-house real estate analysis. All asset management activity and analysis is 
contained within a central database.  

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
SBA Division 

General. The SBA Division, launched in November 2014, originates loans to small businesses nationwide, most often through 
the SBA's 7(a) program, which provides a partial government guarantee. Our loans are typically secured by liens on business 
assets and mortgages on commercial properties, and also benefit from SBA guarantees. We seek to build a loan portfolio that 
is diverse with respect to geography, loan type and collateral type. 

The following table summarizes the SBA Division loan portfolio as of June 30, 2017: 

SBA Division 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate ................................................................................   $ 
Owner occupied commercial real estate ........................................................................................     
Commercial and industrial ............................................................................................................     
1-4 family residential ....................................................................................................................     
Total ..............................................................................................................................................   $ 

23,720  
21,820  
7,296  
129  
52,965  

The Company's SBA loan portfolio includes owner and non-owner occupied loans as defined under regulatory call report 
instructions. The regulatory call report instructions primarily consider the primary source of repayment on the loan for this 
determination. However, these loans meet the SBA requirements to be considered owner occupied as the owner or controlling 
entity are actively involved in the daily operations of the underlying core business. 

In addition to the loans held in the SBA Division loan portfolio, as of June 30, 2017, $191 thousand in the loans held for sale 
portfolio were attributable to the SBA Division, consisting of the guaranteed portion of the SBA Division loans that we expect 
to sell in the secondary market.  

Secondary  Market  for  SBA  Guarantees.  We  typically  sell  the  SBA-guaranteed  portion  of  our  variable-rate  originations 
(generally 75% of the principal balance) at a premium in the secondary market. We generally retain a 25% unguaranteed 
interest and the accompanying servicing rights to the entire loan. We hold most fixed-rate SBA loan originations in portfolio.  

Underwriting  of  SBA  Division  Loans.  Our  loan  policies  and  procedures  establish  guidelines  governing  our  SBA  lending 
program.  Generally,  these guidelines  address  the  types  of loans  that we seek,  target  markets,  underwriting  and  collateral 
requirements, terms, interest rate and yield considerations and compliance with laws and regulations. All loans or credit lines 
are subject to approval procedures and amount limitations. Our policies are reviewed and approved at least annually by our 
Board of Directors to ensure that we are following SBA underwriting guidelines.  

Loan Servicing. We conduct all loan servicing for SBA Division loans with an in-house team of experienced asset managers 
who actively manage the loan portfolio. Asset managers initiate and maintain regular borrower contact, and ensure that the 
loan credit analysis is accurate. Collateral valuations, property inspections, and other collateral characteristics are updated 
periodically as a result of our ongoing in-house real estate analysis. All asset management activity and analysis is contained 
within a central database.  

Community Banking Division Originations 

Loan Portfolio. The Community Banking Division’s loan portfolio consists primarily of loans to businesses and consumers 
in the Community Banking Division's market area.  

●  Residential  Mortgage  Loans.  We  originate  residential  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-  to  four-family  properties 
throughout Maine, southern New Hampshire, and Massachusetts. Such loans may be originated for sale in the secondary
market or to be held on the Bank's balance sheet. We also offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, which
are secured by first or second mortgages on one- to four-family owner-occupied properties and which are held on our
balance  sheet.  At  June  30,  2017,  portfolio  residential  loans  totaled  $95.5  million,  or  12.3%  of  total  loans.  Of  the
residential  loans  we  held  for  investment  at  June  30,  2017,  approximately  55.4%  were  adjustable  rate.  Included  in
residential  loans  are  home  equity  lines  of  credit  and  other  second  mortgage  loans  aggregating  approximately
$14.0 million.  

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
●  Commercial Real Estate Loans. We originate multi-family and other commercial real estate loans secured by property
located primarily in the Community Banking Division's market area. At June 30, 2017, commercial real estate loans 
outstanding were $37.1 million, or 4.8% of total loans. Although the largest commercial real estate loan originated by
the Community Banking Division had a principal balance of $1.8 million at June 30, 2017, the majority of the commercial 
real estate loans originated by the Community Banking Division had principal balances less than $500 thousand.  

●  Commercial and industrial Loans. We originate commercial and industrial loans, including term loans, lines of credit
and equipment and receivables financing to businesses located primarily in the Community Banking Division's market
area.  At  June  30,  2017,  commercial  and  industrial  loans  outstanding  were  $12.4  million,  or  1.6%  of  total  loans.  At
June  30,  2017,  there  were  105  commercial  and  industrial  loans  outstanding  with  an  average  principal  balance  of
$118 thousand. The largest of these commercial and industrial loans had a principal balance of $1.9 million at June 30, 
2017.  

●  Consumer Loans. We originate, on a direct basis, automobile, boat and recreational vehicle loans. At June 30, 2017, 

consumer loans outstanding were $4.4 million, or 0.6% of total loans.  

Underwriting of Loans. Most residential loans, including those held for investment, are originated in accordance with the 
standards of the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal Housing 
Authority,  or  other  third  party  correspondent  lenders.  Our  underwriting  process  for  all  other  loans  originated  by  the 
Community Banking Division is as follows: 

●  Most of our Community Bank originated loans are sourced through relationships between loan officers and third party

referral sources or current or previous customers.  

●  After a loan officer has taken basic information from the borrower, the request is submitted to the Community Banking
Division's loan production department. The loan production department  obtains comprehensive information from the
borrower and third parties, and conducts verification and analysis of the borrower information, which is assembled into 
a single underwriting package that is submitted for final approval. 

Investment Activities  

Our  securities  portfolio  and  short-term  investments  provide  and  maintain  liquidity,  assist  in  managing  the  interest  rate 
sensitivity of our balance sheet, and serve as collateral for certain of our obligations. Individual investment decisions are 
made based on the credit quality of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency 
with our asset/liability management objectives.  

Sources of Funds  

Deposits have traditionally been the primary source of the Bank's funds for lending and other investment purposes. In addition 
to deposits, the Bank obtains funds from the amortization and prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, the sale, 
call or maturity of investment securities, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (the "FHLBB"), other term 
borrowings and cash flows generated by operations.  

Deposits  

We offer a full line of deposit products to customers in western and south-central Maine through our ten-branch network. 
Our  deposit  products  consist  of  demand  deposit,  NOW,  money  market,  savings  and  certificate  of  deposit  accounts.  Our 
customers  access  their  funds  through  ATMs,  MasterCard®  Debit  Cards,  Automated  Clearing  House  funds  (electronic 
transfers) and checks. We also offer telephone banking, online banking and bill payment, mobile banking and remote deposit 
capture services. Interest rates on our deposits are based upon factors that include prevailing loan demand, deposit maturities, 
alternative costs of funds, interest rates offered by competing financial institutions and other financial service firms, and 
general economic conditions. At June 30, 2017, we had core deposits of $889.9 million, representing 100% of total deposits. 
We define core deposits as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits.  

Our online deposit program, ableBanking, provides an additional channel through which to obtain core deposits to support 
our growth. ableBanking, which was launched in late fiscal 2012 as a division of Northeast Bank, had $178.2 million in 
money market and time deposits as of June 30, 2017. We also use deposit listing services to gather deposits from time to 
time, in support of our liquidity and asset/liability management objectives. At June 30, 2017, listing service deposits totaled 
$197.4 million, bearing a weighted average remaining term of 0.83 years.  

8 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Borrowings  

While we currently consider core deposits (defined as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits) as our 
primary source of funding to support asset growth, advances from the FHLBB and other sources of wholesale funding remain 
an important part of our liquidity contingency planning. Northeast Bank may borrow up to 50% of its total assets from the 
FHLBB, and borrowings are typically collateralized by mortgage loans and securities pledged to the FHLBB. At June 30, 
2017, we had $67.9 million of available borrowing capacity based on collateral. Northeast Bank can also borrow from the 
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, with any such borrowing collateralized by consumer loans pledged to the Federal Reserve.  

For the foreseeable future, we expect to rely less on borrowings than other banks of similar size, because of our regulatory 
commitment to fund 100% of our loans with core deposits, although the availability of FHLBB and Federal Reserve Bank of 
Boston advances and other sources of wholesale funding remain an important part of our liquidity contingency planning.  

Employees  

As of June 30, 2017, the Company employed 177 full-time and 18 part-time employees. The Company's employees are not 
represented by any collective bargaining unit. The Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.  

Other Subsidiaries  

As of June 30, 2017, the Bank had five wholly-owned non-bank subsidiaries: 

●  Northeast Bank Insurance Group, Inc. ("NBIG"). The insurance agency assets of NBIG were sold on September 1, 

2011. The entity currently holds the real estate formerly used in its insurance agency business.  

●  200 Elm Realty, LLC, which was established to hold commercial real estate acquired as a result of loan workouts.  

●  500 Pine Realty, LLC, which was established to hold residential real estate acquired as a result of loan workouts.  

●  17  Dogwood  Realty,  LLC,  which  was  established  to  hold  commercial  real  estate  acquired  as  a  result  of  loan

workouts.  

●  Portland, Inc., which was established to employ a business development officer to solicit SBA loans in New Jersey.

Supervision and Regulation  

General  

The following discussion addresses elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their 
subsidiaries. This regulatory framework is intended primarily to protect the safety and soundness of depository institutions, 
the federal deposit insurance system, and depositors, rather than the shareholders of a bank holding company such as the 
Company. This summary is not a comprehensive analysis of all applicable laws, and is qualified by reference to the applicable 
statutes and regulations. 

Regulation of the Company 

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, 
which has the authority, among other things, to order bank holding companies to cease and desist from unsafe or unsound 
banking  practices;  to  assess  civil  money  penalties;  and  to  order  termination  of  non-banking  activities  or  termination  of 
ownership and control of a non-banking subsidiary by a bank holding company. 

Source of Strength. Under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”), as amended by the Dodd-Frank Wall 
Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”),  the  Company  is  required  to  serve  as  a  source  of 
financial strength for the Bank in the event of the financial distress of the Bank. This provision codifies the longstanding 
policy of the Federal Reserve. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its bank subsidiaries are 
subordinate  to  the  payment  of  deposits  and  to  certain  other  indebtedness.  In  the  event  of  a  bank  holding  company’s 
bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a 
bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.  

9 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Acquisitions and Activities. The BHCA prohibits a bank holding company, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve, 
from acquiring all or substantially all the assets of a bank; acquiring control of a bank; merging or consolidating with another 
bank holding company; or acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank 
holding company if, after such acquisition, the acquiring bank holding company would control more than 5% of any class of 
the voting shares of such other bank or bank holding company.  

The  BHCA  also  prohibits  a  bank  holding  company  from  engaging  directly  or  indirectly  in  activities  other  than  those  of 
banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary banks. However, a bank holding company 
may engage in and may own shares of companies engaged in certain activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be 
closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.  

Limitations on Acquisitions of Company Common Stock. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of 
persons  from  acquiring  “control”  of  a  bank  holding  company  unless  the  Federal  Reserve  has  been  notified  and  has  not 
objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve, the acquisition of 10% or 
more of a class of voting securities of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, would constitute the acquisition of control of a bank holding company.  

In addition, the BHCA prohibits any company from acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company without first having 
obtained the approval of the Federal Reserve. Among other circumstances, under the BHCA, a company has control of a 
bank or bank holding company if the company owns, controls or holds with power to vote 25% or more of a class of voting 
securities of the bank or bank holding company; controls in any manner the election of a majority of directors or trustees of 
the bank or bank holding company; or the Federal Reserve has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the 
company has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank or bank holding 
company.  

Regulation of the Bank  

As a Maine-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Maine Bureau of Financial 
Institutions (the “Bureau”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The Federal Reserve may directly 
examine the subsidiaries of the Company, including the Bank. The enforcement powers available to federal and state banking 
regulators  include,  among  other  things,  the  ability  to  issue  cease  and  desist  or  removal  orders,  to  terminate  insurance  of 
deposits, to assess civil money penalties, to issue directives to increase capital, to place the bank into receivership, and to 
initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. 

Deposit Insurance. The deposit obligations of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance 
Fund  (“DIF”)  and  are  subject  to  deposit  insurance  assessments  to  maintain  the  DIF.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  permanently 
increased the FDIC deposit insurance limit to $250,000 per depositor for deposits maintained in the same right and capacity 
at a particular insured depository institution. On March 15, 2016, the FDIC’s Board of Directors approved a final rule to 
increase  the  DIF’s  reserve  ratio  to  the  statutorily  required  minimum  ratio  of  1.35%  of  estimated  insured  deposits.  Small 
banks, which are generally those banks with under $10 billion in assets, will receive credits to offset the portion of their 
assessments that help to raise the reserve ratio from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent. After the reserve ratio reaches 1.38 percent, 
the FDIC will automatically  apply a small  bank’s credits to reduce its regular assessment up to the entire amount of the 
assessment.  

Deposit insurance assessments are based on assets. To determine its deposit insurance assessment, the Bank computes the 
base amount of its average consolidated assets less its average tangible equity (defined as the amount of Tier 1 capital) and 
the applicable assessment rate. On April 26, 2016, the FDIC’s Board of Directors adopted a final rule that changed the manner 
in which deposit insurance assessment rates are calculated for established small banks, generally those banks with less than 
$10 billion of assets that have been insured for at least five years. Under the final rule, beginning the first assessment period 
after June 30, 2016, assessments for established small banks with a CAMELS rating of 1 or 2 will range from 1.5 to 16 basis 
points, after adjustments, while assessment rates for established small institutions with a CAMELS composite rating of 4 or 
5 may range from 11 to 30 basis points, after adjustments. Assessments for established banks with a CAMELS rating of 3 
will range from 3 to 30 basis points.  

The FDIC has the power to adjust deposit insurance assessment rates at any time. In addition, under the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in 
unsafe and unsound practices; is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations; or has violated any applicable 
law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. For the year ended June 30, 2017, the FDIC insurance expense 
for the Bank was $303 thousand.  

10 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Acquisitions and Branching. Prior approval from the Bureau and the FDIC is required in order for the Bank to acquire another 
bank or establish a new branch office. Well capitalized and well managed banks may acquire other banks in any state, subject 
to certain deposit concentration limits and other conditions, pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching 
Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes a state-chartered 
bank, such as the Bank, to establish new branches on an interstate basis to the same extent a bank chartered by the host state 
may establish branches. 

Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks. Section 24 of the FDIA generally limits the types of equity 
investment an FDIC-insured state-chartered bank, such as the Bank, may make and the kinds of activities in which such a 
bank may engage, as a principal, to those that are permissible for national banks. Further, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 
1999 (“GLBA”) permits national banks and state banks, to the extent permitted under state law, to engage—via financial 
subsidiaries—in certain activities that are permissible for subsidiaries of a financial holding company. In order to form a 
financial  subsidiary,  a  state-chartered  bank  must  be  well  capitalized,  and  such  banks  would  be  subject  to  certain  capital 
deduction, risk management and affiliate transaction rules, among other things.  

Lending  Restrictions.  Federal  law  limits  a  bank’s  authority  to  extend  credit  to  its  directors,  executive  officers  and  10% 
shareholders,  as  well  as  to  entities  controlled  by  such  persons.  Among  other  things,  extensions  of  credit  to  insiders  are 
required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less 
stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. The terms of such extensions of credit 
may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain 
limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in 
part, on the amount of the bank’s capital. The Dodd-Frank Act explicitly provides that an extension of credit to an insider 
includes  credit  exposure  arising  from  a  derivatives  transaction,  repurchase  agreement,  reverse  repurchase  agreement, 
securities lending transaction or securities borrowing transaction. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that asset sale 
transactions with insiders must be on market terms, and if the transaction represents more than 10% of the capital and surplus 
of the Bank, approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Bank.  

Brokered  Deposits.  Section  29  of  the  FDIA  and  FDIC  regulations  generally  limit  the  ability  of  an  insured  depository 
institution to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless the institution’s capital category is “well capitalized” or, 
with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” Depository institutions that have brokered deposits in excess of 10% of 
total assets will be subject to increased FDIC deposit insurance assessments. However, for institutions that are well capitalized 
and have a CAMELS composite rating of 1 or 2, reciprocal deposits are deducted from brokered deposits. 

Community  Reinvestment  Act.  The  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (“CRA”)  requires  the  FDIC  to  evaluate  the  Bank’s 
performance in helping to meet the credit needs of the entire communities it serves, including low and moderate-income 
neighborhoods,  consistent  with  its  safe  and  sound  banking  operations,  and  to  take  this  record  into  consideration  when 
evaluating certain applications. The FDIC’s CRA regulations are generally based upon objective criteria of the performance 
of institutions under three key assessment tests: (i) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its 
service areas; (ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, 
affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to 
evaluate  the  institution’s  delivery  of  services  through  its  branches,  ATMs,  and  other  offices.  The  Bank’s  most  recent 
performance evaluation from the FDIC was a “satisfactory” rating.  

Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness  

Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.  The  Federal  Reserve  and  the  FDIC  have  issued  substantially  similar  risk-based  and 
leverage capital rules applicable to U.S. banking organizations such as the Company and the Bank. These rules are intended 
to reflect the relationship between the banking organization’s capital and the degree of risk associated with its operations 
based on transactions recorded on-balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC may from 
time  to  time  require  that  a banking  organization  maintain  capital  above the  minimum  levels discussed below,  due  to  the 
banking organization’s financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. 

The capital adequacy rules define qualifying capital instruments and specify minimum amounts of capital as a percentage of 
assets  that  banking  organizations  are  required  to  maintain.  Common  equity  Tier  1  capital  for  banks  and  bank  holding 
companies consists of common shareholders’ equity and related surplus. Tier 1 capital for banks and bank holding companies 
generally consists of the sum of common shareholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and related surplus 
and,  in  certain  cases  and  subject  to  limitations,  minority  interest  in  consolidated  subsidiaries,  less  goodwill,  other  non-
qualifying  intangible  assets  and  certain  other  deductions.  Tier  2  capital  generally  consists  of  hybrid  capital  instruments, 
perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, term subordinated debt and 
11 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
intermediate-term preferred stock, and, subject to limitations, allowances for loan losses. The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital 
less certain required deductions represents qualifying total capital. Prior to the effectiveness of certain provisions of the Dodd-
Frank Act, bank holding companies were permitted to include trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred 
stock  in  Tier  1  capital,  subject  to  limitations.  However,  the  Federal  Reserve’s  capital  rule  applicable  to  bank  holding 
companies permanently  grandfathers  nonqualifying  capital  instruments,  including  trust preferred  securities,  issued before 
May 19, 2010 by depository institution holding companies with less than $15 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2009, 
subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital. In addition, under rules that became effective January 1, 2016, accumulated other 
comprehensive income (positive or negative) must be reflected in Tier 1 capital; however, the Company was permitted to 
make a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income from capital. The 
Company has made this election.  

Under the Federal Reserve’s capital rules applicable to the Company and the FDIC’s capital rules applicable to the Bank, the 
Company and the Bank are each required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio 
of 4.5%, a minimum total Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 6.0%, a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets 
ratio  of  8%  and  a  minimum  leverage  ratio  of  4%.  Additionally,  subject  to  a  transition  schedule,  these  rules  require  an 
institution to establish a capital conservation buffer of common equity Tier 1 capital in an amount above the minimum risk-
based  capital  requirements  for  “adequately  capitalized”  institutions  equal  to  2.5%  of  total  risk  weighted  assets,  or  face 
restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, pay discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases.  

Under the FDIC’s rules, an FDIC supervised institution, such as the Bank, is considered “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total 
risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater; (iii) a common Tier 1 
equity ratio of at least 6.5% or greater, (iv) a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater; and (iv) is not subject to any written 
agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any 
capital measure. 

Generally, a bank, upon being notified that it is not adequately capitalized (i.e., that it is “undercapitalized”), becomes subject 
to  the  prompt  corrective  action  provisions  of  Section  38  of  the  FDIA  that,  for  example,  (i)  restrict  payment  of  capital 
distributions and management fees, (ii) require that the Federal Reserve monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts 
to restore its capital, (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan, (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets 
and (v) require prior regulatory approval of certain expansion proposals. A bank that is required to submit a capital restoration 
plan must concurrently submit a performance guarantee by each company that controls the bank. A bank that is “critically 
undercapitalized” (i.e., has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%) will be subject to further 
restrictions, and generally will be placed in conservatorship or receivership within 90 days.  

The Bank is currently considered “well capitalized” under all regulatory definitions. Current capital rules do not establish 
standards  for  determining  whether  a  bank  holding  company  is  well  capitalized.  However,  for  purposes  of  processing 
regulatory  applications  and  notices,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board’s  Regulation  Y  provides  that  a  bank  holding  company  is 
considered “well capitalized” if (i) on a consolidated basis, the bank holding company maintains a total risk-based capital 
ratio of 10% or greater; (ii) on a consolidated basis, the bank holding company maintains a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 
6% or greater; and (iii) the bank holding company is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt 
corrective action directive issued by the Board to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. 

Safety and Soundness Standard. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations 
or  guidelines,  relating  to  internal  controls,  information  systems  and  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit 
underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and 
benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the 
federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal 
audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth  and  compensation,  fees  and 
benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage 
the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound 
practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services 
performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. In addition, the federal banking agencies 
adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an 
agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so 
notified,  an  institution  fails  to  submit  an  acceptable  compliance  plan  or  fails  in  any  material  respect  to  implement  an 
acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order 
directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” 
provisions of FDIA. See “—Regulatory Capital Requirements” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, 
the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.  

12 

   
  
  
  
  
Dividend Restrictions  

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The revenue of the Company (on a parent company only 
basis) is derived primarily from interest and dividends from the Bank. The right of the Company, and consequently the right 
of shareholders of the Company, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank through the payment 
of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors), except 
to the extent that certain claims of the Company in a creditor capacity may be recognized.  

Restrictions on Bank Holding Company Dividends. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that a bank holding company should 
eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends if the organization’s net income available to shareholders for the past four 
quarters  is  not  sufficient  to  fully  fund  the  dividends,  the  prospective  rate  of  earnings  retention  is  not  consistent  with  the 
organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition, or the bank holding company will not meet or is in 
danger of not meeting its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve has the authority to prohibit a 
bank holding company, such as the Company, from paying dividends if it deems such payment to be an unsafe or unsound 
practice.   

Restrictions on Bank Dividends. The FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a bank from paying 
dividends  if,  in  its  opinion,  the  payment  of  dividends  would  constitute  an  unsafe  or  unsound  practice.  Federal  law  also 
prohibits the payment of dividends by a bank that will result in the bank failing to meet its applicable capital requirements 
on a pro forma basis. Maine law requires the approval of the Bureau for any dividend that would reduce a bank’s capital 
below prescribed limits.  

Certain Transactions by Bank Holding Companies with their Affiliates  

There are various statutory restrictions on the extent to which bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries may 
borrow,  obtain  credit  from  or  otherwise  engage  in  “covered  transactions”  with  their  insured  depository  institution 
subsidiaries. In general, an “affiliate” of an insured depository institution includes the depository institution’s parent holding 
company and any subsidiary of the parent holding company. However, an “affiliate” does not generally include an operating 
subsidiary  of  an  insured  depository  institution.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  amended  the  definition  of  affiliate  to  include  any 
investment fund for which the depository institution or one of its affiliates is an investment adviser. An insured depository 
institution (and its subsidiaries) may not lend money to, or engage in other covered transactions with, its non-depository 
institution  affiliates  if  the  aggregate  amount  of  covered  transactions  outstanding  involving  the  bank,  plus  the  proposed 
transaction,  exceeds  the  following  limits:  (a)  in  the  case  of  any  one  such  affiliate,  the  aggregate  amount  of  covered 
transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of 
the insured depository institution; and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the 
insured depository institution and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured depository 
institution.  For  this  purpose,  “covered  transactions”  are  defined  by  statute  to  include  a  loan  or  extension  of  credit  to  an 
affiliate, a purchase of or investment in securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate, the acceptance 
of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, the issuance of a 
guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate, securities borrowing or lending transactions with an affiliate 
that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate, or a derivatives transaction with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to 
such affiliate. Certain covered transactions are also subject to collateral security requirements. Covered transactions as well 
as other types of transactions between a bank and a bank holding company must be on market terms, which means that the 
transaction must be conducted on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to 
the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving nonaffiliates or, in the absence of 
comparable transactions, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliates. Moreover, Section 106 of the 
Bank Holding Company Act Amendments of 1970 provides that, to further competition, a bank holding company and its 
subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or 
sale of property of any kind, or furnishing of any service.  

Consumer Protection Regulation  

The Company and the Bank are subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect consumers and prohibit 
unfair or deceptive business practices. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, Home 
Ownership Protection Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 
2003 (“FACT Act”), GLBA, the Truth in Lending Act, CRA, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement 
Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Truth in Savings Act, Secure and Fair 
Enforcement Act, Expedited Funds Availability Act, and various state law counterparts. These laws and regulations mandate 
certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must interact with customers when 
13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act established the 
CFPB, which has the responsibility for making rules and regulations under the federal consumer protection laws relating to 
financial products and services. The CFPB also has a broad mandate to prohibit unfair or deceptive acts and practices and is 
specifically empowered to require certain disclosures to consumers and draft model disclosure forms. Failure to comply with 
consumer protection laws and regulations can subject financial institutions to enforcement actions, fines and other penalties. 
The FDIC examines the Bank for compliance with CFPB rules and enforces CFPB rules with respect to the Bank.  

Mortgage Reform. The Dodd-Frank Act prescribes certain standards that mortgage lenders must consider before making a 
residential mortgage loan, including verifying a borrower’s ability to repay such mortgage loan. The Dodd-Frank Act also 
allows  borrowers  to  assert  violations  of  certain  provisions  of  the  Truth-in-Lending  Act  as  a  defense  to  foreclosure 
proceedings. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, prepayment penalties are prohibited for certain mortgage transactions and creditors 
are prohibited from financing insurance policies in connection with a residential mortgage loan or home equity line of credit. 
The Dodd-Frank Act requires mortgage lenders to make additional disclosures prior to the extension of credit, in each billing 
statement  and  for  negative  amortization  loans  and  hybrid  adjustable  rate  mortgages.  Additionally,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act 
prohibits mortgage originators from receiving compensation based on the terms of residential mortgage loans and generally 
limits the ability of a mortgage originator to be compensated by others if compensation is received from a consumer.  

Privacy  and  Customer  Information  Security.  GLBA  requires  financial  institutions  to  implement  policies  and  procedures 
regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. In general, the 
Bank must provide its customers with an annual disclosure that explains its policies and procedures regarding the disclosure 
of such nonpublic personal information and, except as otherwise required or permitted by law, the Bank is prohibited from 
disclosing such information except as provided in such policies and procedures. However, as a result of amendments made 
by the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act, a financial institution is not required to send an annual privacy notice 
if the institution only discloses nonpublic personal information in accordance with certain exceptions from GLBA that do not 
require an opt-out to be provided and if the institution has not changed its policies and practices since the most recent privacy 
disclosure provided to consumers. GLBA also requires that the Bank develop, implement and maintain a comprehensive 
written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information (as defined 
under GLBA), to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information; and to protect 
against  unauthorized  access  to  or  use  of  such  information  that  could  result  in  substantial  harm  or  inconvenience  to  any 
customer. The Bank is also required to send a notice to customers whose “sensitive information” has been compromised if 
unauthorized use of this information has occurred or is “reasonably possible.” Most states, including Maine, have enacted 
legislation concerning breaches of data security and the duties of the Bank in response to a data breach. Congress continues 
to consider federal legislation that would require consumer notice of data security breaches. Pursuant to the FACT Act, the 
Bank must also develop and implement a written identity theft prevention program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity 
theft in connection with the opening of certain accounts or certain existing accounts. Additionally, the FACT Act amends the 
Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act  to  generally  prohibit  a  person  from  using  information  received  from  an  affiliate  to  make  a 
solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and a 
reasonable and simple method to opt out of the making of such solicitations.  

Anti-Money Laundering  

The Bank Secrecy Act. Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to 
detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to 
report to the United States Treasury any cash transactions involving more than $10,000. In addition, financial institutions are 
required to file suspicious activity reports for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution 
knows, suspects or has reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no 
lawful purpose. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct 
Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which amended the BSA, is designed to deny terrorists and others the 
ability to obtain anonymous access to the U.S. financial system. The USA PATRIOT Act has significant implications for 
financial institutions and businesses of other types involved in the transfer of money. The USA PATRIOT Act, together with 
the implementing regulations of various federal regulatory agencies, has caused financial institutions, such as the Bank, to 
adopt and implement additional policies or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other things, anti-
money  laundering  compliance,  suspicious  activity,  currency  transaction  reporting,  customer  identity  verification  and 
customer risk analysis. In evaluating an application under Section 3 of the BHCA to acquire a bank or an application under 
the  Bank  Merger  Act  to  merge  banks  or  affect  a  purchase  of  assets  and  assumption  of  deposits  and  other  liabilities,  the 
applicable federal banking regulator must consider the anti-money laundering compliance record of both the applicant and 
the target.  

14 

  
   
  
  
  
OFAC.  The  United  States  has  imposed  economic  sanctions  that  affect  transactions  with  designated  foreign  countries, 
nationals and others. These sanctions, which are administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets 
Control (“OFAC”), take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: 
(i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports 
from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to 
making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; (ii) a blocking of assets 
in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers 
of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons); and (iii) restrictions 
on transactions with or involving certain persons or entities. Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot 
be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC.  

Item 1A. Risk Factors  

Investing  in  our  common  stock  involves  a  high  degree  of  risk.  You  should  carefully  consider  the  following  risks  and 
uncertainties, together with all other information in this report, including our consolidated financial statements and related 
notes, before investing in our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently 
deem immaterial may also affect our business. If any of these known or unknown risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be impaired. In that event, the market price for our common 
stock could decline and you may lose your investment. Certain statements below are forward-looking statements. See "A 
Note About Forward-Looking Statements."  

Risks Associated With Our Business  

We are subject to regulatory conditions that could constrain our ability to grow our business. 

In conjunction with the regulatory approvals received for the merger with FHB Formation LLC, we committed to maintain a 
Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10%, maintain a total capital ratio of at least 15%, fund 100% of our loans with core deposits, 
limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans and hold non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans to within 300% of 
total capital. Core deposits, for purposes of this commitment, are defined as non-brokered non-maturity deposits and non-
brokered insured time deposits. At June 30, 2017, the ratio of our purchased loans to total loans was 31.4%. Our continued 
ability to purchase loans will be dependent on our ability to maintain the growth of our originated loan portfolio. To the extent 
that our ability to originate loans is constrained by market forces or for any other reason, our ability to execute our loan 
acquisition strategy would be similarly constrained.  

A significant portion of loans held in our loan portfolio were originated by third parties, and such loans may not have 
been subject to the same level of due diligence that the Bank would have conducted had it originated the loans.  

At June 30, 2017, 31.4% of the loans held in our loan portfolio were originated by third parties, and therefore may not have 
been subject to the same level of due diligence that the Bank would have conducted had it originated the loans. Although the 
LASG conducts a comprehensive review of all loans that it purchases, loans originated by third parties may lack current 
financial information and may have incomplete legal documentation and outdated appraisals. As a result, the LASG may not 
have information with respect to an acquired loan which, if known at the time of acquisition, would have caused it to reduce 
its bid price or not bid for the loan at all. This may adversely affect our yield on loans or cause us to increase our provision 
for loan losses.  

Our experience with loans held in our loan portfolio that were originated by third parties is limited.  

At June 30, 2017, the 31.4% of the loans held in our loan portfolio that were originated by third parties had been held by us 
for approximately 1.8 years, calculated on a weighted average basis. Consequently, we have had only a relatively short period 
of time to evaluate the performance of those loans and the price at which we purchased them. Further experience with these 
loans may provide us with information that could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses.  

Our loan portfolio includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, which are generally riskier than 
other types of loans.  

At June 30, 2017, our commercial real estate mortgage and commercial and industrial loan portfolios comprised 86.5% of 
total loans. Commercial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a higher risk of nonpayment or late payment 
than residential mortgage loans. These loans, and purchased loans in particular, may lack standardized terms and may include 
a balloon payment feature. The ability of a borrower to make or refinance a balloon payment may be affected by a number 
15 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of factors, including the financial condition of the borrower, prevailing economic conditions and prevailing interest rates. 
Repayment of these loans is generally more dependent on the economy and the successful operation of a business. Because 
of the risks associated with commercial loans, we may experience higher rates of default than if the portfolio were more 
heavily weighted toward residential mortgage loans. Higher rates of default could have an adverse effect on our financial 
condition and results of operations.  

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb actual losses or if we are required to increase our allowance, 
our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.  

We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may default on their obligations. A borrower's default on its obligations under 
one or more loans of the Bank may result in lost principal and interest income and increased operating expenses as a result 
of the allocation of management time and resources to the collection and work-out of the loan. In certain situations, where 
collection efforts are unsuccessful or acceptable work-out arrangements cannot be reached, the Bank may have to write off 
the loan in whole or in part. In such situations, the Bank may acquire real estate or other assets, if any, that secure the loan 
through foreclosure or other similar available remedies, and often the amount owed under the defaulted loan exceeds the 
value of the assets acquired.  

We periodically make a determination of an allowance for loan losses based on available information, including, but not 
limited  to,  our  historical  loss  experience,  the  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio,  certain  economic  conditions,  the  value  of  the 
underlying collateral, expected cash flows from purchased loans, and the level of non-accruing and criticized loans. We rely 
on our loan quality reviews, our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors, in determining 
the amount of provision required for the allowance for loan losses. Provisions to this allowance result in an expense for the 
period. If, as a result of general economic conditions, previously incorrect assumptions, or an increase in defaulted loans, we 
determine that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses are necessary, we will incur additional expenses.  

Determining the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant 
estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. At any time, there are likely 
to be loans in our portfolio that will result in losses but that have not been identified as nonperforming or potential problem 
credits. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating credits before they become nonperforming assets or 
that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that are identified. We have in the past been, and in the future may be, 
required to increase our allowance for loan losses for any of several reasons. State and federal regulators, in reviewing our 
loan portfolio as part of a regulatory examination, may request that we increase our allowance for loan losses. Changes in 
economic  conditions  affecting  borrowers,  new  information  regarding  existing  loans,  identification  of  additional  problem 
loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in our allowance for loan losses. In 
addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed those estimated in our determination of our allowance for loan losses, we 
will need additional increases in our allowance for loan losses. Any increases in our allowance for loan losses will result in 
a decrease in our net income and, possibly, our capital, and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results 
of operations.  

Environmental liability associated with our lending activities could result in losses.  

In the course of business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans we have originated or purchased 
that are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that hazardous substances could be discovered 
on these properties. In this event, we might be required to remove these substances from the affected properties at our sole 
cost and expense or we may be held liable to a government entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, 
investigation and cleanup costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required 
to  investigate  or  clean  up  hazardous  or  toxic  substances  or  chemical  releases  at  a  property.  The  costs  associated  with 
investigation or remediation activities could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate 
remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected 
properties.  If  we  become  subject  to  significant  environmental  liabilities,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations could be adversely affected. 

The performance of our securities portfolio in difficult market conditions could have adverse effects on our results of 
operations. 

We maintain a diversified securities portfolio, which includes obligations of U.S. government agencies and government-
sponsored  enterprises,  including  mortgage-backed  securities.  Under  applicable  accounting  standards,  we  are  required  to 
review our securities portfolio periodically for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment, taking into consideration 
current  market  conditions,  the  extent  and  nature  of  changes  in  fair  value,  issuer  rating  changes  and  trends,  volatility  of 
16 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, our ability and intent to hold securities until a recovery of fair value, as well as other 
factors.  Adverse  developments  with  respect  to  one  or  more  of  the  foregoing  factors  may  require  us  to  deem  particular 
securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired, with the credit related portion of the reduction in the value recognized as a 
charge to the results of operations in the period in which the impairment occurs. Market volatility may make it difficult to 
value certain securities. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors prevailing at that time, may result in significant changes in 
the values of these securities in future periods. Any of these factors could require us to recognize further impairments in the 
value of our securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. 

Loss of deposits or a change in deposit mix could increase our cost of funding. 

Deposits are a low cost and stable source of funding. We compete with banks and other financial institutions for deposits. 
Funding costs may increase if we lose deposits and are forced to replace them with more expensive sources of funding, if 
clients shift their deposits into higher cost products or if we need to raise interest rates to avoid losing deposits. Higher funding 
costs reduce our net interest margin, net interest income and net income. 

We are subject to liquidity risk.  

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis by converting assets into cash or cash equivalents and by 
increasing  liabilities  at  a  reasonable  cost.  Liquidity  sources  include  the  amount  of  unencumbered  or  “free”  investment 
portfolio  securities  that  the  Bank  owns,  borrowings,  cash  flow  from  loan  and  investment  principal  payments  and  pre-
payments and residential mortgage loan sales. Our liquidity is used principally to originate or purchase loans, to repay deposit 
liabilities  and  other  liabilities  when  they  come  due,  and  to  fund  operating  costs.  The  Company  also  requires  funds  for 
dividends to shareholders, repurchases of shares, and for general corporate purposes. Customer demand for non-maturity 
deposits can be difficult to predict. Changes in market interest rates, increased competition within our markets, and other 
factors may make deposit gathering more difficult. Disruptions in the capital markets or interest rate changes may make the 
terms of wholesale funding sources—which include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, the Federal Reserve's Borrower-in-
Custody program, securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and brokered certificates of deposit—
less favorable and may make it difficult to sell securities when needed to provide additional liquidity. As a result, there is a 
risk that the cost of funding will increase or that we will not have sufficient funds to meet our obligations when they come 
due. 

We may not be able to attract and retain qualified key employees, which could adversely affect our business prospects, 
including our competitive position and results of operations.  

Our success is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled individuals. There is significant competition for 
those individuals with the experience and skills required to conduct many of our business activities. We may not be able to 
hire or retain the key personnel that we depend upon for success. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of these or 
other key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of the markets 
in which we operate, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.  

We face continuing and growing security risks to our information base, including the information we maintain relating 
to our customers.  

In the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our business 
and  to  store  sensitive  data,  including  financial  information  regarding  customers.  Our  electronic  communications  and 
information systems infrastructure could be susceptible to cyberattacks, hacking, identity theft or terrorist activity. We have 
implemented and regularly review and update extensive systems of internal controls and procedures as well as corporate 
governance policies and procedures intended to protect our business operations, including the security and privacy of all 
confidential customer information. In addition, we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing 
and communication needs. No matter how well designed or implemented our controls are, we cannot provide an absolute 
guarantee to protect our business operations from every type of problem in every situation. A failure or circumvention of 
these controls could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial condition. 

We regularly assess and test our security systems and disaster preparedness, including back-up systems, but the risks are 
substantially escalating. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued enhancement of our controls and processes to protect 
our systems, data and networks from attacks, unauthorized access or significant damage remain a priority. Accordingly, we 
may  be  required  to  expend  additional  resources  to  enhance  our  protective  measures  or  to  investigate  and  remediate  any 
information  security  vulnerabilities  or  exposures.  Any  breach  of  our  system  security  could  result  in  disruption  of  our 
operations, unauthorized access to confidential customer information, significant regulatory costs, litigation exposure and 
17 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
other possible damages, loss or liability. Such costs or losses could exceed the amount of available insurance coverage, if 
any, and would adversely affect our earnings. Also, any failure to prevent a security breach or to quickly and effectively deal 
with such a breach could negatively impact customer confidence, damaging our reputation and undermining our ability to 
attract and keep customers. 

We may not be able to successfully implement future information technology system enhancements, which could adversely 
affect our business operations and profitability.  

We invest significant resources in information technology system enhancements in order to provide functionality and security 
at an appropriate level. We may not be able to successfully implement and integrate future system enhancements, which 
could  adversely  impact  the  ability  to  provide  timely  and  accurate  financial  information  in  compliance  with  legal  and 
regulatory requirements, which could result in sanctions from regulatory authorities. Such sanctions could include fines and 
suspension of trading in our stock, among others. In addition, future system enhancements could have higher than expected 
costs and/or result in operating inefficiencies, which could increase the costs associated with the implementation as well as 
ongoing operations. 

Failure to properly utilize system enhancements that are implemented in the future could result in impairment charges that 
adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations and could result in significant costs to remediate or replace 
the defective components. In addition, we may incur significant training, licensing, maintenance, consulting and amortization 
expenses during and after systems implementations, and any such costs may continue for an extended period of time. 

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.  

Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and 
core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any 
problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their 
performing  their  services  poorly,  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  deliver  products  and  services  to  our  customers  or 
otherwise conduct our business efficiently and effectively. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant 
delay and expense.  

Damage  to  our  reputation  could  significantly  harm  our  business,  including  our  competitive  position  and  business 
prospects.  

We are dependent on our reputation within our market area, as a trusted and responsible financial company, for all aspects of 
our  relationships  with  customers,  employees,  vendors,  third-party  service  providers,  and  others,  with  whom  we  conduct 
business or potential future business. Our ability to attract and retain customers and employees could be adversely affected 
if our reputation is damaged. Our actual or perceived failure to address various issues, including our ability to (a) identify 
and address potential conflicts of interest, ethical issues, money-laundering, or privacy issues; (b) meet legal and regulatory 
requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company; (c) maintain the privacy of customer and accompanying personal 
information; (d) maintain adequate record keeping; (e) engage in proper sales and trading practices; and (f) identify the legal, 
reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our products, could give rise to reputational risk that could cause 
harm to us and our business prospects. Failure to appropriately address any of these issues could also give rise to additional 
regulatory restrictions and legal risks, which could, among other consequences, increase the size and number of litigation 
claims and damages asserted or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties and cause us to incur related costs and 
expenses. Furthermore, any damage to our reputation could affect our ability to retain and develop the business relationships 
necessary to conduct business, which in turn could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations, and the 
market price of our common stock. 

Internal controls may fail or be circumvented.  

Effective  controls  over  financial  reporting  are  necessary  to  help  ensure  reliable  financial  reporting  and  prevent  fraud. 
Management is responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal control and assessing system effectiveness. Any 
system  of  controls,  however  well  designed  and  operated,  is  based  in  part  on  certain  assumptions  and  can  provide  only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the system of 
internal control could have an adverse effect on our business, profitability, and financial condition, and could further result 
in regulatory actions and loss of investor confidence.  

18 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our  future  growth,  if  any,  may  require  us  to  raise  additional  capital,  but  that  capital  may  not  be  available  when  we  
need it.  

As a bank holding company, we are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our 
operations. In addition, in conjunction with the regulatory approvals received for the merger with FHB Formation LLC, we 
committed to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10% and a total capital ratio of at least 15%. We may need to raise 
additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to support our operations or our 
growth. Our ability to raise additional capital will depend, in part, on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are 
outside of our control, and our financial performance. Accordingly, we may be unable to raise additional capital, if and when 
needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our 
operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired. In addition, if we decide to raise additional 
equity capital, investors' interests could be diluted. Our failure to meet any applicable regulatory guideline related to our 
lending activities or any capital requirement otherwise imposed upon us or to satisfy any other regulatory requirement could 
subject  us  to  certain  activity  restrictions  or  to  a  variety  of  enforcement  remedies  available  to  the  regulatory  authorities, 
including limitations on our ability to pay dividends or pursue acquisitions, the issuance by regulatory authorities of a capital 
directive to increase capital and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC.  

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.  

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness 
of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and 
other  relationships.  We  have  exposure  to  many  different  counterparties,  and  we  routinely  execute  transactions  with 
counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, other commercial banks, investment banks, mutual 
and hedge funds, and other financial institutions. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more 
financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and 
losses or defaults by us or by other institutions and organizations. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the 
event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us 
cannot be liquidated or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure 
due to us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.  

Weakness or deterioration in economic conditions, both in our market area and more generally, could adversely affect 
our financial condition and results of operations.  

Our  financial  performance  generally,  and  in  particular  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  pay  interest  on  and  repay  principal  of 
outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the 
markets where we operate and in the United States as a whole. Our Community Banking Division primarily serves individuals 
and businesses located in western and south-central Maine. As a result, a significant portion of our earnings are closely tied 
to the economy of Maine. In addition, our loan portfolio includes commercial loans acquired or originated by the LASG and 
the SBA Division that are secured by assets located nationwide. Deterioration in the economic conditions of the Community 
Banking Division's market area in western and south-central Maine, and deterioration of the economy nationally could result 
in the following consequences: 

●  Loan delinquencies may increase;  

●  Problem assets and foreclosures may increase; 

●  Demand for our products and services may decline;  

●  Collateral for our loans may decline in value, in turn reducing a customer's borrowing power and reducing the

value of collateral securing a loan; and  

●  The net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

19 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We are subject to claims and litigation. 

From  time  to  time,  customers,  vendors  or  other  parties  may  make  claims  and  take  legal  action  against  us.  We  maintain 
reserves  for  certain  claims  when  deemed  appropriate  based  upon  our  assessment  that  a  loss  is  probable,  estimable,  and 
consistent with applicable accounting guidance. At any given time we have a variety of legal actions asserted against us in 
various stages of litigation. Resolution of a legal action can often take years. We are also involved, from time to time, in other 
reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding 
our  business,  including,  among  other  things,  accounting  and  operational  matters,  certain  of  which  may  result  in  adverse 
judgments,  settlements,  fines,  penalties,  injunctions  or  other  relief.  The  number  and  risk  of  these  investigations  and 
proceedings has increased in recent years with regard to many firms in the financial services industry due to legal changes to 
the consumer protection laws provided for by the Dodd-Frank Act. There have also been a number of highly publicized legal 
claims  against  financial  institutions  involving  fraud  or  misconduct  by  employees,  and  we  run  the  risk  that  employee 
misconduct could occur. It is not always possible to deter or prevent employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to 
prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. 

Risks Associated With the Industry  

Competition in the financial services industry is intense and could result in us losing business or experiencing reduced 
margins.  

We compete with community, regional, national and global banks, non-bank licensed lenders and private equity funds in 
purchasing or originating loans, attracting deposits, and selling other customer products and services. Many of our primary 
competitors there have substantially greater resources, larger established customer bases, higher lending limits, extensive 
branch networks, numerous ATMs and greater advertising and marketing budgets. They may also offer services that we do 
not currently provide. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a 
result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we 
can. Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally 
provided by banks, such as automated transfer and automatic payment systems. Our long-term success depends on the ability 
of the Bank to compete successfully with other financial institutions in the Bank’s service areas. 

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.  

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, our earnings and growth are significantly affected 
by interest rates, which are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, to events 
in the capital markets and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal 
Reserve. The nature and timing of any changes in such policies or general economic conditions and their effect on us cannot 
be controlled and are extremely difficult to predict. Changes in interest rates can affect our net interest income as well as the 
value of our assets and liabilities. Net interest income is the difference between (i) interest income on interest-earning assets, 
such as loans and securities, and (ii) interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Changes 
in market interest rates, changes in the relationships between short-term and long-term market interest rates, or the yield 
curve, or changes in the relationships between different interest rate indices can affect the interest rates charged on interest-
earning assets differently than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. This difference could result in an increase 
in  interest  expense  relative  to  interest  income,  and  therefore  reduce  our  net  interest  income.  Further,  declines  in  market 
interest rates may trigger loan prepayments, which in many cases are within our customers' discretion, and which in turn may 
serve to reduce our net interest income if we are unable to lend those funds to other borrowers or invest the funds at the same 
or higher interest rates.  

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  industry,  and  laws  and  regulations,  or  changes  in  them,  could  limit  or  restrict  our 
activities and could have an adverse impact in our operations.  

We are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, and our banking subsidiary, Northeast Bank, is subject 
to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  FDIC  and  the  Maine  Bureau  of  Financial  Institutions.  Federal  and  state  laws  and 
regulations govern numerous matters, including changes in the ownership or control of banks and bank holding companies, 
maintenance of adequate capital and the financial condition of a financial institution, permissible types, amounts and terms 
of  extensions  of  credit  and  investments,  permissible  non-banking  activities,  the  level  of  reserves  against  deposits  and 
restrictions on dividend payments. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions have the 
power to issue cease and desist orders to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject 
to their regulation, and the Federal Reserve possesses similar powers with respect to bank holding companies. These and 
other restrictions limit the manner in which we and the Bank may conduct business and obtain financing.  

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules, regulations, and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us 
are subject to regular modification and change. Such changes may, among other things, increase the cost of doing business, 
limit permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. Failure to comply 
with  laws,  regulations,  or  policies  could  result  in  enforcement  and  other  legal  actions  by  federal  and  state  authorities, 
including  criminal  and  civil  penalties,  the  loss  of  FDIC  insurance,  revocation  of  a  banking  charter,  other  sanctions  by 
regulatory  agencies,  civil  money penalties, and/or  reputation damage,  which  could have  a  material  adverse  effect on our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations. See "Supervision and Regulation" in Item 1, "Business."  

We are subject to capital and liquidity standards that require banks and bank holding companies to maintain more and 
higher quality capital and greater liquidity than has historically been the case. 

We became subject to new capital requirements in 2015. These new standards, which now apply and will be fully phased-in 
over the next several years, force bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially higher levels 
of capital as a percentage of their assets, with a greater emphasis on common equity as opposed to other components of 
capital. The need to maintain more and higher quality capital, as well as greater liquidity, and generally increased regulatory 
scrutiny with respect to capital levels, may at some point limit our business activities, including lending, and our ability to 
expand. It could also result in our being required to take steps to increase our regulatory capital and may dilute shareholder 
value or limit our ability to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to our investors through stock repurchases. Pursuant to 
the Dodd-Frank Act, we were permitted to make a one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other 
comprehensive income from capital. We made this election. 

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair 
lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. 

The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and 
regulations  impose  community  investment  and  nondiscriminatory  lending  requirements  on  financial  institutions.  The 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing 
these  laws  and  regulations.  A  successful  regulatory  challenge  to  an  institution’s  performance  under  the  Community 
Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act or other fair lending laws and regulations could 
result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers 
and acquisitions, restrictions on expansion and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the 
ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or 
unintentional violations.  

We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations. However, 
some  legal/regulatory  frameworks  provide  for  the  imposition  of  fines  or  penalties  for  noncompliance  even  though  the 
noncompliance  was  inadvertent  or  unintentional  and  even  though  there  was  in  place  at  the  time  systems  and  procedures 
designed to ensure compliance. For example, we are subject to regulations issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or 
"OFAC," that prohibit financial institutions from participating in the transfer of property belonging to the governments of 
certain foreign countries and designated nationals of those countries and certain other persons or entities whose interest in 
property is blocked by OFAC-administered sanctions. OFAC may impose penalties for inadvertent or unintentional violations 
even if reasonable processes are in place to prevent the violations. There may be other negative consequences resulting from 
a finding of noncompliance, including restrictions on certain activities. Such a finding may also damage our reputation as 
described below and could restrict the ability of institutional investment managers to invest in our securities. 

The FDIC's assessment rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, up to applicable limits. As a result of 
recent economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has increased deposit insurance assessment 
rates. If these increases are insufficient for the deposit insurance fund of the FDIC to meet its funding requirements, there 
may need to be further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums. We are generally unable to control 
the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there is an increase in bank or financial institution 
failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Any future additional 
assessments,  increases  or  required  prepayments  in  FDIC  insurance  premiums  may  materially  adversely  affect  results  of 
operations, including by reducing our profitability or limiting our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.  

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
Changes in accounting standards can materially impact our financial statements.  

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of 
operations.  From  time  to  time,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  or  regulatory  authorities  change  the  financial 
accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to 
predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, 
we  could  be  required  to  apply  a  new  or  revised  standard  retroactively,  resulting  in  our  restating  prior  period  financial 
statements.  

Risks Associated With Our Common Stock  

Market volatility has affected and may continue to affect the value of our common stock.  

The price of our common stock can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors. In addition, the trading volume in our 
common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. We cannot assure you that the market price of 
our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly. Some of the factors that could cause fluctuations or declines in 
the price of our common stock include, but are not limited to, actual or anticipated variations in reported operating results, 
recommendations by securities analysts, the level of trading activity in our common stock, new services or delivery systems 
offered  by  competitors,  business  combinations  involving  our  competitors,  operating  and  stock  price  performance  of 
companies that investors deem to be comparable to the Bank, news reports relating to trends or developments in the credit, 
mortgage and housing markets as well as the financial services industry, and changes in government regulations. 

Our common stock trading volume may not provide adequate liquidity for investors.  

Our voting common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. The average daily trading volume for Northeast voting 
common stock is less than the corresponding trading volume for larger financial institutions. Due to this relatively low trading 
volume,  significant  sales  of  Northeast  voting  common  stock,  or  the  expectation  of  these  sales,  may  place  significant 
downward pressure on the market price of Northeast voting common stock. No assurance can be given that a more active 
trading  market  in  our  common  stock  will  develop  in  the  foreseeable  future  or  can  be  maintained.  There  can  also  be  no 
assurance that the offering will result in a material increase in the "float" for our common stock, which we define as the 
aggregate market value of our voting common stock held by shareholders who are not affiliates of Northeast, because our 
affiliates may purchase shares of voting common stock in the offering.  

There is a limited market for and restrictions on the transferability of our non-voting common stock.  

Our non-voting common stock is not and will not be listed on any exchange. Additionally, the non-voting common stock can 
only be transferred in certain limited circumstances set forth in our articles of incorporation. Accordingly, holders of our non-
voting common stock may be required to bear the economic consequences of holding such non-voting common stock for an 
indefinite period of time.  

If we defer payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debt securities or if certain defaults relating to 
those debt securities or our outstanding subordinated notes occur, we will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends 
or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.  

As of June 30, 2017, we had outstanding $16.5 million in aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debt securities 
issued in connection with the sale of trust preferred securities by affiliates of ours that are statutory business trusts. We have 
also guaranteed those trust preferred securities. The indenture under which the junior subordinated debt securities were issued, 
together  with  the  guarantee,  prohibits  us,  subject  to  limited  exceptions,  from  declaring  or  paying  any  dividends  or 
distributions on, or redeeming, repurchasing, acquiring or making any liquidation payments with respect to, any of our capital 
stock at any time when (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default under the indenture; (ii) we are in 
default with respect to payment of any obligations under the guarantee; or (iii) we have elected to defer payment of interest 
on the junior subordinated debt securities. In that regard, we are entitled, at our option but subject to certain conditions, to 
defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities from time to time for up to five years.  

Events of default under the indenture generally consist of our failure to pay interest on the junior subordinated debt securities 
under certain circumstances, our failure to pay any principal of or premium on such junior subordinated debt securities when 
due,  our  failure  to  comply  with  certain  covenants  under  the  indenture,  and  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
liquidation relating to us.  

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
As a result of these provisions, if we were to elect to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities, or 
if any of the other events described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first paragraph of this risk factor were to occur, we would be 
prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on our capital stock, from redeeming, repurchasing or otherwise acquiring 
any of our capital stock, and from making any payments to holders of our capital stock in the event of our liquidation, which 
would likely have a material adverse effect on the market value of our common stock.  

As  of  June  30,  2017,  we  had  outstanding  $15.05  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  6.75%  fixed-to-floating 
subordinated notes due in 2026. If we were to be in default with respect to payment of any obligation under the notes, we 
would be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends. We would also be prohibited from paying any distributions on, 
redeeming, purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation payment with respect to any of the Company’s capital stock, which 
would likely have a material adverse effect on the market value of our common stock. 

We are dependent upon our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions and other payments.  

We are a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank, and depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from 
the Bank to fund dividend payments on our common stock and to fund all payments on our other obligations. We and the 
Bank are subject to laws that authorize regulatory authorities to block or reduce the flow of funds from the Bank to us. The 
FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment 
of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to the funds 
that we need in order to make payments on its obligations or dividend payments. In addition, if the Bank does not maintain 
sufficient  capital  levels  or  its  earnings  are  not  sufficient  to  make  dividend  payments  to  us,  we  may  not  be  able  to  make 
dividend payments to our common and preferred shareholders. Further, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon 
a subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the Bank's creditors. Additionally, our ability to 
pay dividends would be restricted if we do not maintain a capital conservation buffer. A reduction or elimination of dividends 
could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.  

We may not be able to pay dividends and, if we pay dividends, we cannot guarantee the amount and frequency of such 
dividends.  

The continued payment of dividends on shares of our common stock will depend upon our debt and equity structure, earnings 
and financial condition, need for capital in connection with possible future acquisitions, growth and other factors, including 
economic conditions, regulatory restrictions, and tax considerations. We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends or, if 
we pay dividends, the amount and frequency of these dividends.  

We may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock in the future, which could dilute a shareholder's ownership 
of common stock.  

Our  articles  of  incorporation  authorize  our  Board  of  Directors,  generally  without  shareholder  approval,  to,  among  other 
things, issue additional shares of common or preferred stock. The issuance of any additional shares of common or preferred 
stock could be dilutive to a shareholder's ownership of our common stock. To the extent that we issue options or warrants to 
purchase common stock in the future and the options or warrants are exercised, our shareholders may experience further 
dilution. Holders of shares of our common stock have no preemptive rights that entitle holders to purchase their pro rata share 
of any offering of shares of any class or series and, therefore, shareholders may not be permitted to invest in future issuances 
of Northeast common or preferred stock. We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate 
levels of capital to support our operations. Accordingly, regulatory requirements and/or deterioration in our asset quality may 
require us to sell common stock to raise capital under circumstances and at prices that result in substantial dilution.  

We may issue debt and equity securities that are senior to our common stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which 
could negatively affect the value of our common stock.  

In the future, we may increase our capital resources by entering into debt or debt-like financing or issuing debt or equity 
securities, which could include issuances of senior notes, subordinated notes, preferred stock or common stock. In the event 
of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of its debt or preferred securities would receive a distribution of our available 
assets before distributions to the holders of Northeast common stock. Our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future 
offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control. We cannot predict or estimate the amount, 
timing or nature of our future offerings and debt financings. Future offerings could reduce the value of shares of our common 
stock and dilute a shareholder's interest in Northeast. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our common stock is not insured by any governmental entity.  

Our common stock is not a deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other 
governmental entity.  

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders.  

Federal  law  imposes  restrictions,  including  regulatory  approval  requirements,  on  persons  seeking  to  acquire  control over 
Northeast. Provisions of Maine law and provisions of our articles of incorporation and by-laws could make it more difficult 
for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of 
us. We have  a  classified  Board of  Directors,  meaning  that  approximately  one-third  of our directors  are  elected  annually. 
Additionally,  our  articles  of  organization  authorize  our  Board  of  Directors  to  issue  preferred  stock  without  shareholder 
approval and such preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. Other provisions 
that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our 
shareholders  include  supermajority  voting  requirements  to  remove  a  director  from  office  without  cause;  restrictions  on 
shareholders calling a special meeting; a requirement that only directors may fill a Board vacancy; and provisions regarding 
the timing and content of shareholder proposals and nominations.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

 None.  

Item 2. Properties  

At  June  30,  2017,  the  Company  conducted  its  business  from  its  headquarters  in  Lewiston,  Maine,  an  office  in  Boston, 
Massachusetts, and an office in Portland, Maine. The Company also conducts business from its ten full-service bank branches 
and two loan production offices located in western and south-central Maine and southern New Hampshire. The Company 
believes that all of its facilities are well maintained and suitable for the purpose for which they are used. 

In addition to its Lewiston, Maine, Boston, Massachusetts and Portland, Maine offices, the Company leases three of its other 
locations. For information regarding the Company's lease commitments, please refer to "Lease Obligations" under Note 15 
of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

From time to time, the Company and its subsidiary are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course 
of business. Management presently believes that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, 
will not be material to the Company or its consolidated financial position. The Company establishes reserves for specific 
legal  matters  when  it  determines  that  the  likelihood  of  an  unfavorable  outcome  is  probable  and  the  loss  is  reasonably 
estimable. Legal proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur that could cause the 
Company  to  establish  litigation  reserves  or  could  have,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its 
business, financial condition, or operating results.  

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures  

Not applicable.  

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities  

The Company's voting common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ under the symbol "NBN." There is no established 
public trading market for the Company's non-voting common stock. As of the close of business on September 6, 2017, there 
were approximately 454 registered shareholders of record.  

The following table sets forth the high and low closing sale prices of the Company's voting common stock, as reported on 
NASDAQ, and quarterly dividends paid on the Company's voting and non-voting common stock during the periods indicated: 

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 
Jul 1 – Sep 30 .........................................................................   $ 
Oct 1 – Dec 31........................................................................     
Jan 1 – Mar 31 ........................................................................     
Apr 1 – Jun 30 ........................................................................     

High  

Low  

11.55    $ 
13.08      
15.74      
20.75      

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 
Jul 1 – Sep 30 .........................................................................   $ 
Oct 1 – Dec 31........................................................................     
Jan 1 – Mar 31 ........................................................................     
Apr 1 – Jun 30 ........................................................................     

High  

Low  

11.02    $ 
11.02      
11.00      
11.72      

     Dividend Paid     
0.01  
0.01  
0.01  
0.01  

10.92    $ 
10.88      
13.24      
14.99      

     Dividend Paid     
0.01  
0.01  
0.01  
0.01  

9.82    $ 
9.91      
9.56      
10.31      

Holders of the Company's voting and non-voting common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the 
Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The amount and timing of future dividends payable on the Company's 
voting and non-voting common stock will depend on, among other things, the financial condition of the Company, regulatory 
considerations, and other factors. The Company is a legal entity separate from the Bank, but its revenues are derived primarily 
from the Bank. Accordingly, the ability of the Company to pay cash dividends on its stock in the future generally will be 
dependent upon the earnings of the Bank and the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company. The payment of dividends 
by the Bank will depend on a number of factors, including capital requirements, regulatory limitations, the Bank's results of 
operations and financial condition, tax considerations, and general economic conditions. National banking laws regulate and 
restrict the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company. See "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation."  

On October 21, 2016, the Board of Directors voted to amend the existing stock repurchase program to authorize the Company 
to purchase an additional 500,000 shares of its common stock, representing 5.7% of the Company’s outstanding common 
shares.  Under  the  existing  program,  implemented  in  April  2014,  the  Company  has  purchased  1,970,000  shares  through 
October 25, 2016 and no shares remained available for repurchase under the program on that date, prior to the 500,000 share 
increase in the repurchase plan. The amended stock repurchase program will expire on October 21, 2018. 

There were no common stock purchases during the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

Below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s 
voting common stock, based on the market price of the Company’s voting common stock, with the total return on companies 
within the NASDAQ Composite Index and companies within the SNL $1B-$5B Bank Index. The calculation of cumulative 
return assumes a $100 investment in the Company’s common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the SNL $1B-$5B 
Bank Index on June 30, 2012. It also assumes that all dividends are reinvested during the relevant periods. 

Index 

  6/30/2012 

  6/30/2013 

  6/30/2014 

  6/30/2015 

  6/30/2016 

6/30/2017 

Northeast Bancorp .................  $ 

100.00    $ 

113.68    $ 

112.85     $ 

117.33    $ 

132.67    $ 

239.98   

NASDAQ Composite Index ..    

100.00      

117.02      

150.19       

169.91      

164.99      

209.21   

SNL Bank $1B - $5B Index ..    

100.00      

128.55      

146.95       

160.20      

161.60      

240.54   

26 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
        
        
         
        
        
   
  
     
        
        
         
        
        
   
  
  
 
 
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data  

The following table sets forth our selected financial and operating data on a historical basis. The data set forth below does 
not  purport  to  be  complete.  It  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with,  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by,  the  more  detailed 
information, including the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.  

Twelve 
Months 
   Ended 
June 30, 
2017 

Twelve 
Months 
      Ended 
June 30, 
2016 

Twelve 
Months 
      Ended 
June 30, 
2015 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Twelve 
Months 
      Ended 
June 30, 
2014 

Twelve 
Months 
      Ended 
June 30, 
2013 

36,543  
6,596  
29,947  
1,122  
8,514  
792  
31,955  
6,176  
1,881  
4,295  
125  
4,420  

0.38  
0.01  
0.39  

0.38  
0.01  
0.39  
0.36  
10.89  

Selected operations data: 

Interest and dividend income  .......................   $
Interest expense  ............................................     
Net interest income  ......................................     
Provision for loan losses  ..............................     
Noninterest income  ......................................     
Net securities gains  ......................................     
Noninterest expense  .....................................     
Income before income taxes  .........................     
Income tax expense  ......................................     
Net income from continuing operations  ..............     
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations  .     
Net income ...........................................................   $
Consolidated per share data: 
Earnings: 
Basic: 

Continuing operations .......................................   $
Discontinued operations ................................     
Total ..........................................................   $

Diluted: 

57,921     $ 
10,096       
47,825       
1,594       
9,696       
-       
35,789       
20,138       
7,779       
12,339       
-       
12,339     $ 

47,235     $
7,855       
39,380       
1,618       
7,773       
-       
33,812       
11,723       
4,104       
7,619       
-       
7,619     $

44,588     $
7,220       
37,368       
717       
7,089       
-       
32,604       
11,136       
3,995       
7,141       
-       
7,141     $

38,371     $
6,653       
31,718       
531       
4,869       
-       
31,777       
4,279       
1,579       
2,700       
(8)      
2,692     $

Continuing operations .......................................   $
Discontinued operations ................................     
Total ..........................................................   $
Cash dividends  .........................................   $
Book value .................................................     

1.38     $ 
0.00       
1.38     $ 
0.04     $ 
13.90       

0.80     $
0.00       
0.80     $
0.04     $
12.51       

Selected balance sheet data: 

1.39     $ 
0.00       
1.39     $ 

0.80     $
0.00       
0.80     $

0.72     $
0.00       
0.72     $

0.72     $
0.00       
0.72     $
0.04     $
11.77       

0.26     $
0.00       
0.26     $

0.26     $
0.00       
0.26     $
0.28     $
11.05       

Total assets  ..........................................................   $ 1,076,874     $  986,153     $
692,436       
Loans  ...................................................................     
800,432       
Deposits  ...............................................................     
54,534       
Borrowings and capital lease obligations  ............     
116,591       
Total shareholders’ equity  ...................................     

779,195       
889,850       
44,504       
122,797       

850,718     $
612,137       
674,759       
52,568       
112,727       

761,931     $
516,416       
574,329       
66,005       
112,066       

670,639  
435,376  
484,623  
64,069  
113,802  

Other ratios: 

Return on average assets  ..................................     
Return on average equity  .................................     
Efficiency ratio  ................................................     
Average equity to average total assets  .............     
Common dividend payout ratio  .......................     
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio ..............................     
Total capital ratio  .............................................     

1.22%    
10.62%    
62.22%    
11.52%    
2.90%    
12.81%    
19.48%    

0.85%    
6.66%    
71.71%    
12.71%    
5.00%    
13.27%    
20.39%    

0.89%    
6.35%    
73.34%    
14.00%    
5.56%    
14.49%    
20.14%    

0.37%     
2.39%     
86.85%     
15.38%     
107.6%     
15.90%     
23.69%     

0.64%
3.79%
81.41%
16.93%
92.25%
17.78%
27.54%

27 

  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
   
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
   
    
        
        
        
        
   
  
    
        
        
        
        
   
  
    
        
        
        
        
   
      
         
         
         
         
  
   
 
 
Item 7.      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

Northeast Bancorp is a Maine corporation and a bank holding company registered with the Federal Reserve under the Bank 
Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company also is a registered Maine financial institution holding company, and is subject 
to regulation by both the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve. The Company's principal asset is 
the capital stock of Northeast Bank, a Maine state-chartered universal bank, which is regulated by the FDIC and the Bureau. 
The Company's results of operations are primarily dependent on the results of the operations of the Bank.  

The Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which follows, presents a 
review of the consolidated operating results of the Company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 ("fiscal 2017") and the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 ("fiscal 2016"). This discussion and analysis is intended to assist you in understanding the 
results of our operations and financial condition. You should read this discussion together with your review of the Company's 
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and other statistical information included in this report. Certain amounts 
in the periods prior to fiscal 2017 have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2017 presentation.  

Overview  

On December 29, 2010, the merger (the "Merger") of the Company and FHB Formation LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company  ("FHB"),  was  consummated.  In  connection  with  the  transaction,  as  part  of  the  regulatory  approval  process  the 
Company made certain commitments to the Federal Reserve, the most significant of which are, (i) maintain a Tier 1 leverage 
ratio of at least 10%, (ii) maintain a total capital ratio of at least 15%, (iii) limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans, (iv) fund 
100% of the Company's loans with core deposits (defined as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits), 
and (v) hold commercial real estate loans (including owner-occupied commercial real estate) to within 300% of total capital.  

On June 28, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved the amendment of the commitment to hold commercial real estate loans to 
within 300% of total capital to exclude owner-occupied commercial real estate loans. All other commitments made to the 
Federal Reserve in connection with the merger remain unchanged. The Company and the Bank are currently in compliance 
with all commitments to the Federal Reserve.  

The Company's compliance ratios at June 30, 2017 are as follows:  

Condition 
(i)    Tier 1 leverage ratio  ..........................................................................................................................      
(ii)   Total capital ratio ..............................................................................................................................      
(iii)  Ratio of purchased loans to total loans ..............................................................................................      
(iv)  Ratio of loans to core deposits (1) .....................................................................................................      
(v)   Ratio of non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans to total capital (2) .................................      

Ratio 

12.81% 
19.48% 
31.43% 
87.68% 
181.23% 

(1)  Core deposits include all non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits 
(2) 

For purposes of calculating this ratio, commercial real estate includes all non-owner occupied commercial real estate
loans defined as such by regulatory  guidance, including all land development and construction loans 

Fiscal 2017 Financial Highlights  

The Company's financial and strategic highlights for fiscal 2017 include the following: 

●  Earned net income of $12.3 million, or $1.38 per diluted common share, compared to $7.6 million, or $0.80 per

diluted common share, for the year ended June 30, 2016. 

●  Generated loans of $516.7 million, growing the portfolio on a net basis by $134.8 million, or 19.5%, when excluding

the payoff of $48.0 million of broker-dealer loans. 

●  LASG  purchased  loans  totaling  $112.8  million  and  originated  loans  totaling  $237.7  million,  earning  average 
portfolio yields of 12.2% and 6.2%, respectively. The purchased loan yield of 12.2% includes regularly scheduled 
interest and accretion, and accelerated accretion and fees recognized on loan payoffs. The Company also monitors
the "total return" on its purchased loan portfolio, a measure that includes gains on sales of purchased real estate
owned, as well as interest, scheduled accretion and accelerated accretion and fees. On this basis, the purchased loan
portfolio earned a total return of 12.3% for fiscal 2017.  

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
An overview of the LASG portfolio follows:  

Year Ended June 30,  

2017 

2016 

 Purchased    Originated    

Secured 
Loans to 
Broker-
Dealers     

Total 
LASG 

   Purchased    Originated    

Secured 
Loans to 
 Broker-
Dealers     

Total 
LASG    

(Dollars in thousands) 

Loans purchased or 

originated during the 
period: 
Unpaid principal 

balance ...................  $  126,713    $  237,691     $ 
Net investment basis ..     112,807       237,691       

-    $364,404    $  108,716    $  110,578    $ 
-      350,498       99,999       110,578      

-    $219,294  
-      210,577  

Loan returns during the 

period: 
Yield (1) .....................    
Total Return (1) (2) ....    

Total loans as of period 

end: 
Unpaid principal 

12.24%    
12.30%    

6.21 %   
6.21 %   

0.82%   
0.82%   

8.69%   
8.72%   

11.37%   
11.38%   

6.11%   
6.10%   

0.50%   
0.50%   

8.03%
8.04%

balance ...................  $  279,854    $  330,515     $ 
Net investment basis  .     246,388       330,515       

-    $610,369    $  271,268    $  174,918    $ 48,000    $494,186  
-      576,903       239,709       174,918       48,000      462,627  

(1)  The yield and total return on LASG originated loans includes $385 thousand of fees related to one loan in the 

quarter ended June 30, 2016. 

(2)  The total return on purchased loans represents scheduled accretion, accelerated accretion, gains on asset sales, 
and  other  noninterest  income  recorded  during  the  period  divided  by  the  average  invested  balance,  which 
includes  loans  held  for  sale.  The  total  return  does  not  include  the  effect  of  purchased  loan  charge-offs  or 
recoveries.  

● 

Increased the Company's deposit base by $89.4 million, primarily the result of growth in non-maturity accounts of 
$103.5 million, or 23.0%, offset by a decrease in time deposits of $14.1 million, or 4.0%.  

●  Originated $82.0 million in SBA guaranteed loans through June 30, 2017, and sold $53.8 million of loans, for a gain

on sale of $5.3 million. 

●  Repurchased 645,238 shares at an average repurchase price of $10.75. 

Results of Operations  

General 

Net income for the year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $4.7 million to $12.3 million, compared to $7.6 million for the 
year ended June 30, 2016. 

Items of significance affecting the Company's earnings included: 

●  An increase in net interest and dividend income before provision for loan losses, which grew to $47.8 million as 
compared to $39.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. The increase was primarily due to higher transactional
income on purchased loans and higher average balances in the total loan portfolio, partially offset by higher rates 
and volume in the deposit portfolio and the effect of the issuance of subordinated debt.  

29 

  
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
  
  
 
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table summarizes interest income and related yields recognized on the Company's loans: 

Year Ended June 30, 

   Average       
   Balance (1)     

2017 
Interest 
Income  

     Yield 

      Average       
      Balance (1)      Income (2)      Yield 

2016 
Interest 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Community Banking 

Division .......................   $
SBA ...............................     
LASG: 

Originated ..................     
Purchased ...................     
Secured Loans to 

190,704    $
42,946      

9,102      
2,619      

4.77%   $
6.10%     

218,649    $ 
23,786      

10,483      
1,448      

4.79% 
6.09% 

239,796      
236,937      

14,883      
28,997      

6.21%     
12.24%     

147,193      
216,763      

8,987      
24,638      

6.11% 
11.37% 

Broker-Dealers .......     
Total LASG ............     
Total ....................   $

31,085      
507,818      
741,468    $

256      
44,136      
55,857      

0.82%     
8.69%     
7.53%   $

58,511      
422,467      
664,902    $ 

293      
33,918      
45,849      

0.50% 
8.03% 
6.90% 

(1)  Includes loans held for sale. 
(2)  SBA interest income includes SBA fees of $33 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2016. 

The yield on purchased loans is affected by unscheduled loan payoffs, which resulted in immediate recognition of 
the prepaid loans’ discount in interest income. The following table details the “total return” on purchased loans, 
which includes total transactional income of $10.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2017, an increase of $2.9 
million  from  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  total  return  recognized  on  the 
purchased loan portfolio: 

Regularly scheduled interest and accretion .....   $ 
Transactional income: 

Gain on loan sales .......................................     
Gain on sale of real estate owned ................     
Other noninterest income ............................     
Accelerated accretion and loan fees  ...........     
Total transactional income .......................     
Total  ....................................................   $ 

Year Ended June 30, 

2017 

2016 

Income 

     Return (1) 

Income 

     Return (1) 

(Dollars in thousands) 

18,975       

8.01%   $ 

17,382      

8.02% 

-       
148       
(12 )     
10,022       
10,158       
29,133       

0.00%     
0.06%     
0.00%     
4.23%     
4.29%     
12.30%   $ 

-      
23      
12      
7,256      
7,291      
24,673      

0.00% 
0.01% 
0.00% 
3.35% 
3.36% 
11.38% 

(1)  The total return on purchased loans represents scheduled accretion, accelerated accretion, gains on asset sales, 
gains  on  real  estate  owned  and  other  noninterest  income  recorded  during  the  period  divided  by  the  average
invested balance, which includes loans held for sale. The total return does not include the effect of purchased
loan charge-offs or recoveries. Total return is considered a non-GAAP financial measure. 

●  An increase of $1.9 million in noninterest income, principally resulting from an increase of $1.1 million in gains
realized on sale of SBA loans. The year ended June 30, 2017 includes gains realized on sale of SBA loans of $5.3
million. Additionally, there was an increase in gain on sale of other loans of $365 thousand, due to the sale of a
Community Banking Division commercial loan portfolio, and a decrease in loss recognized on real estate owned 
and other repossessed collateral, net of $232 thousand, due to the sale of Community Banking Division real estate
owned. 

●  An increase of $2.0 million in noninterest expense, principally due to an increase of $2.2 million in salaries and
employee benefits from higher incentive compensation and severance expense, a $366 thousand increase in loan
acquisition  and  collection  expense  due  to  higher  loan  workout  expenses,  and  a  $257  thousand  increase  in  data
processing fees due to higher computer service fees. These increases were offset by a decrease in other noninterest
expense due to the $224 thousand decrease in impairment on servicing assets in the current year, a $186 thousand

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
      
        
         
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
decrease in FDIC insurance expense primarily due to changes in the reserve ratio by the FDIC, and a $167 thousand
mortgage insurance recovery from a legacy mortgage insurance premium plan. 

Net Interest Income  

The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods 
indicated: 

2015 
Interest       Average    
   Average       Income/       Yield/        Average       Income/       Yield/        Average       Income/       Yield/    
   Balance       Expense       Rate 

2017 
Interest       Average         

      Balance       Expense       Rate 

      Balance       Expense       Rate 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 
Interest       Average         

(Dollars in thousands) 

Assets: 
Interest-earning assets: 

Investment securities .......   $ 
1,018       
Loans (1) (2) (3) ...............      741,468       55,928      
FHLBB stock ...................     
90      
Short-term investments 

95,624    $ 

2,172      

(4) ..................................      133,599      

956      
Total interest-earning assets .      972,863       57,992      
Cash and due from banks .....     
Other non-interest earning 

2,833      

assets ..................................     

32,394      
Total assets ...........................   $ 1,008,090      

1.06%   $  100,503    $ 
930       
7.54%      664,902       45,921       
113       
2,960      
4.14%     

0.93%  $  108,204    $ 
913      
6.91%     561,340       43,456      
67      
4,102       
3.82%    

0.72%      91,563      
343       
5.96%      859,928       47,307       
3,596      

0.37%    
225      
92,354      
5.50%     766,000       44,661      
2,704      

0.84% 
7.74% 
1.63% 

0.24% 
5.83% 

         35,607      
      $  899,131      

33,741      
      $  802,445      

Liabilities & Shareholders' 

Equity: 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

NOW accounts .................   $ 
70,912    $ 
Money market accounts ...      322,011      
Savings accounts ..............     
36,438      
Time deposits ...................      326,601      

Total interest-bearing 

deposits ..............................      755,962      
-      
Short-term borrowings  ....     
24,334      
FHLBB advances .............     
23,468      
Subordinated debt ............     
992      
Capital lease obligations ..     

204      
3,120      
50      
3,983      

7,357      
-      
800      
1,888      
51      

0.29%   $  68,304    $ 
0.97%      212,102      
0.14%      36,062      
1.22%      349,978      

0.97%      666,446      
0.00%     
1,634      
3.29%      32,432      
8,762      
8.04%     
1,242      
5.14%     

182       
1,845       
48       
3,952      

6,027       
20       
1,094       
651       
63      

0.27%  $  63,181    $ 
0.87%     133,266      
0.13%    
34,495      
1.13%     340,046      

0.90%     570,988      
2,578      
1.22%    
45,661      
3.37%    
8,531      
7.43%    
1,457      
5.07%    

162      
1,002      
46      
3,800      

5,010      
29      
1,389      
718      
74      

0.26% 
0.75% 
0.13% 
1.12% 

0.88% 
1.12% 
3.04% 
8.42% 
5.08% 

Total interest-bearing 

liabilities ............................      804,756       10,096      

1.25%      710,516      

7,855       

1.11%     629,215      

7,220      

1.15% 

Non-interest bearing 

liabilities: 

Demand deposits and escrow 

79,560      
accounts .............................     
Other liabilities .....................     
7,599       
Total liabilities ......................      891,915      
Shareholders' equity .............      116,175      
Total liabilities and 

shareholders' equity ...........   $ 1,008,090      

         67,041      
7,252      
         784,809      
         114,322      

      $  899,131      

54,940      
5,913      
         690,068      
         112,377      

      $  802,445      

Net interest income (5) .........     

     $  47,896      

     $  39,452      

     $  37,441      

Interest rate spread ................     
Net interest margin (6) .........     

4.71%     
4.92%     

4.39%    
4.59%    

4.68% 
4.89% 

(1)  Interest income and yield are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis using a 34% tax rate.         
(2)  Includes loans held for sale.         
(3)  Nonaccrual loans are included in the computation of average, but unpaid interest has not been included for purposes of determining interest income.         
(4)  Short term investments include FHLBB overnight deposits and other interest-bearing deposits. 
(5)  Includes tax exempt interest income of $71 thousand, $72 thousand, and $73 thousand for the years ended June 30, 2017, June 30, 2016, and June 30, 

2015, respectively. 

(6)  Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets. 

31 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
       
        
       
        
       
   
       
       
        
       
   
       
       
       
   
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
       
       
        
       
   
       
        
       
        
       
   
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
        
        
   
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
 
 
The following tables present the extent to which changes in volume and interest rates of interest earning assets and interest 
bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information 
is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by 
prior period rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume) and (iii) 
changes attributable to a combination of changes in rate and volume (change in rates multiplied by the changes in volume). 
Changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to 
volume and the changes due to rate. 

Year Ended June 30, 2017 
Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2016 
Change Due to 
Rate 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Change Due to 
Volume 

Total Change 

Interest earning assets: 

Investment securities  ...................................................   $ 
Loans  ...........................................................................     
FHLBB stock ................................................................     
Short-term investments  ................................................     
Total increase in interest income ..................................     

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing deposits ...............................................     
Short-term borrowings  .................................................     
FHLBB advances ..........................................................     
Subordinated debt .........................................................     
Capital lease obligations ...............................................     
Total increase in interest expense .................................     
Total increase in net interest and dividend income ...   $ 

(47)   $ 
5,559      
(32)     
205      
5,685      

750      
(10)     
(275)     
1,179      
(13)     
1,631      
4,054    $ 

135     $ 
4,448       
9       
408       
5,000       

580       
(10)     
(19)     
58       
1       
610       
4,390     $ 

88   
10,007   
(23) 
613   
10,685   

1,330   
(20) 
(294) 
1,237   
(12) 
2,241   
8,444   

Year Ended June 30, 2016 
Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2015 
Change Due to 
Rate  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Change Due to 
Volume  

Total Change  

Interest earning assets: 

Investment securities ....................................................   $ 
Loans ............................................................................     
FHLBB stock ................................................................     
Short-term investments .................................................     
Total increase (decrease) in interest income .................     

Interest bearing liabilities: 

Interest bearing deposits ...............................................     
Short-term borrowings ..................................................     
FHLBB advances ..........................................................     
Subordinated debt .........................................................     
Capital lease obligations ...............................................     
Total increase in interest expense .................................     

Total increase (decrease) in net interest and 

(68)   $ 
7,471      
(23)     
(2)     
7,378      

793      
(12)     
(434)     
19      
(11)     
355      

85    $ 
(5,006)     
69      
120      
(4,732)     

224      
3      
139      
(86)     
-      
280      

dividend income ....................................................    $ 

7,023    $ 

(5,012)   $ 

17  
2,465  
46  
118  
2,646  

1,017  
(9) 
(295) 
(67) 
(11) 
635  

2,011  

For the year ended June 30, 2017, the $4.1 million volume-related change in net interest income was mainly the result of the 
significant increase in loans, which grew by $76.6 million on average compared to fiscal 2016. The rate-related change in 
fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was principally due to the purchased loan yield differential, and an increase in yields on 
the originated loan portfolios. For fiscal 2017, the net interest margin earned of 4.92% was 33 basis points higher than that 
earned for the year ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to higher transactional income on purchased loans and higher average 
balances in the total loan portfolio, offset by higher rates and volume in the deposit portfolio and the effect of the issuance of 
subordinated debt.  

32 

   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
The Company’s total cost of funds increased to 1.14% in fiscal 2017, from 1.01% in fiscal 2016, due to higher rates and 
volume in the deposit portfolio. 

Provision for Loan Losses  

Quarterly, the Company determines the amount of its allowance for loan losses adequate to provide for losses inherent in the 
Company's loan portfolios, with the provision for loan losses determined by the net periodic change in the allowance for loan 
losses.  For  acquired  loans  accounted  for  under  ASC  310-30,  Receivables—Loans  and  Debt  Securities  Acquired  with 
Deteriorated  Credit  Quality  ("ASC  310-30"),  a  provision  for  loan  loss  is  recorded  when  estimates  of  future  cash  flows 
decrease due to credit deterioration.  

The provision for loan losses for periods subsequent to the Merger reflects the impact of adjusting loans to their then fair 
values, as well as the elimination of the allowance for loan losses in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting. 
Subsequent to the Merger, the provision for loan losses has been recorded based on estimates of inherent losses in newly 
originated loans and for incremental reserves required for pre-merger loans based on estimates of deteriorated credit quality 
post-merger.  

The provision for loan losses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 was $1.6 million, consistent with the provision for loan 
losses of $1.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016. At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the allowance for loan losses was $3.7 
million  and  $2.4  million,  respectively,  and  the  ratio  of  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  total  loans  was  0.47%  and  0.34%, 
respectively.  

Net  charge-offs  for  the fiscal  year  ended  June 30, 2017  totaled $279  thousand, representing  approximately  0.04% of  the 
Company's average portfolio loan balance during the fiscal year. This compares to $1.2 million, or 0.18%, in fiscal 2016, 
representing a decrease of $925 thousand in fiscal 2017. The decrease was principally due to two loans which were provided 
for in the prior year, and subsequently charged off. 

For additional information on the allowance for loan losses, see "Asset Quality." 

Noninterest Income  

Noninterest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 totaled $9.7 million, an increase of $1.9 million, or 24.7%, from 
fiscal 2016. When compared to fiscal 2016, the increase was principally due to the following: 

●  An increase of $1.1 million in gains realized on sale of SBA loans. The year ended June 30, 2017 includes gains 
realized on sale of SBA loans of $5.3 million, compared to a $4.2 million gain on sale of SBA loans in the year
ended June 30, 2016;  

●  An  increase  in  gain on  sale of  other  loans of  $365  thousand, due  to  the  sale  of  a  Community  Banking Division

commercial loan portfolio; and 

●  A decrease in loss recognized on real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net of $232 thousand, due to the 

sale and refinance of real estate owned. 

Noninterest Expense  

Noninterest expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 totaled $35.8 million, an increase of $2.0 million, or 5.8%, from 
fiscal 2016. When compared to fiscal 2016, the increase was principally due to the following: 

●  An increase of $2.2 million in salaries and employee benefits, principally due to higher incentive compensation,
severance expense, and stock compensation expense, offset slightly by a decrease in group insurance expense;  
●  An increase of $366 thousand in loan acquisition and collection expense, largely driven by higher loan workout

expense; and 

●  An increase of $257 thousand in data processing fees due to higher computer service fees in fiscal 2017.  
●  The  increases  in  noninterest  expense  were  offset  by  a  decrease  of  $658  thousand  in  other  noninterest  expense,
primarily resulting from a decrease in impairment on servicing assets of $224 thousand and a mortgage insurance
recovery from a legacy mortgage insurance premium plan of $167 thousand. 

33 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Income Taxes  

Income tax expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 totaled $7.8 million, representing 38.7% of pretax income, as 
compared to $4.1 million, or 35.0% of pretax income, in fiscal 2016. The increase in the Company's effective tax rate was 
principally due to the change in state apportionment during the year. 

Financial Condition  

Overview  

The Company's total assets grew to $1.1 billion at June 30, 2017, representing an increase of $90.7 million, or 9.2%, compared 
to $986.2 million at June 30, 2016. Significant changes in the Company's balance sheet components include: 

●  The loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale, increased by $86.8 million, or 12.5%, compared to June 30, 2016.
The increase was principally on the strength of $350.5 million of LASG originations and purchases, $11.7 million
of Community Bank originations and $82.0 million of SBA originations. Loan volume was offset by SBA loan sales
of $53.8 million, the payoff of $48.0 million of secured loans to broker-dealers, and the sale of a commercial loan
portfolio  of  $18.3  million  which,  combined,  had  a  weighted  average  yield  of  1.92%,  as  well  as  purchased  and
originated loan runoff in the portfolio. 

●  Deposits increased by $89.4 million, or 11.2%, from June 30, 2016 due to growth in non-maturity accounts of $103.5 

million, or 23.0%, offset by a decrease in time deposits of $14.1 million, or 4.0%; and 

●  Shareholders’ equity increased by $6.2 million from June 30, 2016, primarily due to earnings of $12.3 million, offset
by  $6.9  million  in  share  repurchases  (representing  645,238  shares).  Additionally,  there  was  stock-based 
compensation of $945 thousand, a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $274 thousand and $357
thousand in dividends paid on common stock. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents increased $12.1 million, or 8.0%, to $163.3 million at June 30, 2017, as compared to $151.2 million 
at June 30, 2016. This increase was principally the result of net deposit growth of $89.4 million, partially offset by net loan 
growth, including loans held for sale, of $83.9 million.  

Available-for-sale Securities  

The available-for-sale securities portfolio totaled $96.7 million and $100.6 million at June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 
The  Company's  investment  portfolio  was  comprised  primarily  of  U.S.  Government-sponsored  enterprise  bonds  and 
mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government agencies. The composition of the Company's securities portfolio at 
the dates indicated follows.  

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

Amortized 
Cost 

     Fair Value      

Amortized  
Cost 

     Fair Value      

Amortized  
Cost 

     Fair Value    

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. Government agency 

securities ...................................   $ 

57,401    $ 

57,168    $ 

51,948    $ 

52,046    $ 

48,191    $ 

48,230  

Agency mortgage-backed 

securities ...................................     

33,523      

32,903      

43,330      

43,368      

54,553      

53,678  

Other investments measured at 

net asset value ...........................     

6,717      

6,622      

5,097      

5,158      

-      

-  

Total available-for-sale  

securities ...................................   $ 

97,641    $ 

96,693    $ 

100,375    $ 

100,572    $ 

102,744    $ 

101,908  

34 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The  table  below  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  contractual  maturities  and  weighted  average  yields  of  the 
Company’s securities portfolio at June 30, 2017. Actual maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual 
maturities due both to scheduled amortization and prepayments.  

   Within One Year        

Fair 
Value       Yield        

After One Year 

Through Five Years      

After Five Years 
Through Ten Years       After Ten Years 

Total 

Fair 
Value        Yield        

Fair 
Value       Yield        

Fair 
Value       Yield        

Fair 
Value       Yield     

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. Government agency 

securities ...............................   $ 26,225       

0.83%  $  30,943      

0.97%  $ 

-      

0.00%   $ 

-      

0.00%  $  57,168      

0.91% 

Agency mortgage-backed 

securities ...............................     

Other investments measured at 

net asset value .......................     

-      

0.00%     

5,354      

0.92%     10,369      

0.96%      17,180      

1.44%     32,903      

1.20% 

-      

0.00%     

-      

0.00%    

-      

0.00%     

-      

0.00%    

-      

0.00% 

Total available-for-sale 

securities ...............................   $ 26,225       

0.83%  $  36,297      

0.97%  $ 10,369      

0.96%   $ 17,180      

1.44%  $  90,071      

1.02% 

The other investments measured at net asset value have no scheduled maturity date. However, the Company’s investments 
can be redeemed quarterly and daily at the closing net asset value. 

Management  reviews  the  portfolio  of  investments  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  determine  if  there  have  been  any  other-than-
temporary declines in value. No other-than-temporary impairment expense was recognized during fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2016. 

Loans  

Loans, including loans held-for-sale, totaled $783.9 million at June 30, 2017, compared to $700.0 million at June 30, 2016 
and $621.2 million at June 30, 2015. The increase of $83.9 million, or 12.0%, at June 30, 2017 was principally due to net 
increases of $71.4 million in commercial real estate and $29.7 million in commercial and industrial, offset by a net decrease 
of $12.8 million in residential loans, $1.6 million in consumer loans and $2.8 million in loans held for sale. During fiscal 
2017, the LASG originated $237.7 million in loans and the LASG purchased $112.8 million in loans, consisting principally 
of commercial real estate loans. 

The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio (excluding loans held-for-sale) at the dates indicated is as follows:  

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

June 30, 2014 

June 30, 2013 

     Percent         

     Percent    
   Amount       of Total        Amount       of Total        Amount       of Total        Amount       of Total        Amount       of Total    
(Dollars in thousands) 

     Percent         

     Percent         

     Percent         

Residential 

real estate  ....   $  101,168      

Commercial 

real estate  ....      498,004      

Commercial 

and 
industrial ......      175,654      

12.98%  $  113,962      

16.46 %  $  132,669      

21.67%   $  148,634      

28.79%   $  127,829      

29.36% 

63.91%     426,568      

61.60 %     348,676      

56.96%      316,098      

61.21%      264,490      

60.75% 

22.54%     145,956      

21.08 %     123,133      

20.12%      41,800      

8.09%      29,720      

6.83% 

Consumer and 

other  ............     

3.06% 
Total loans ......      779,195       100.00%     692,436       100.00 %     612,137       100.00%      516,416       100.00%      435,376       100.00% 
Less: 

1.91%      13,337      

9,884      

7,659      

4,369      

5,950      

0.86 %    

1.25%     

0.57%    

Allowance 
for loan 
losses ............     

3,665  

2,350  

1,926  

1,367  

1,143  

Loans, net .......   $  775,530      

      $  690,086      

       $  610,211       

      $  515,049      

      $  434,233      

35 

  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
    
    
    
    
     
   
    
    
   
    
    
   
   
  
  
 
 
The Company’s loan portfolio (excluding loans held-for-sale) by lending division follows: 

June 30, 2017 

Community 
Banking 
Division 

LASG 

     SBA Division      
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Percent of 
Total 

Originated loans: 

Residential real estate ..........   $ 
Home equity ........................     
Commercial real estate: 

non-owner occupied .........     

Commercial real estate: 

owner occupied ................     
Commercial and industrial ...     
Consumer  ............................     
Subtotal ............................     

Purchased loans: 

Residential real estate ..........     
Commercial real estate: 

non-owner occupied .........     

Commercial real estate: 

owner occupied ................     
Commercial and industrial ...     
Subtotal ............................     
Total .................................   $ 

81,538     $ 
13,931       

2,092    $ 
-      

129     $ 
-      

83,759       
13,931       

10.75% 
1.79% 

23,638       

90,154      

23,720      

137,512       

17.65% 

13,502       
12,349       
4,369       
149,327      

-      

-      

-      
-      
-      
149,327    $ 

83,446      
154,823      
-      
330,515      

3,478      

134,970      

106,754      
1,186      
246,388      
576,903    $ 

21,820      
7,296      
-      
52,965      

118,768       
174,468       
4,369       
532,807      

15.24% 
22.39% 
0.56% 
68.38% 

-      

-      

3,478       

0.45% 

134,970       

17.32% 

-      
-      
-      
52,965    $ 

106,754       
1,186       
246,388      
779,195      

13.70% 
0.15% 
31.62% 
100.00% 

June 30, 2016 

Community 
Banking 
Division 

LASG 

     SBA Division      
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Percent of 
Total 

Originated loans: 

Residential real estate ..........   $ 
Home equity ........................     
Commercial real estate: 

non-owner occupied .........     

Commercial real estate: 

owner occupied ................     
Commercial and industrial ...     
Consumer  ............................     
Subtotal ............................     

Purchased loans: 

Residential real estate ..........     
Commercial real estate: 

non-owner occupied .........     

Commercial real estate: 

owner occupied ................     
Commercial and industrial ...     
Subtotal ............................     
Total .................................   $ 

93,258    $ 
18,012      

-    $ 
-      

133    $ 
-      

93,391      
18,012      

13.49% 
2.60% 

49,514      

52,744      

5,639      

107,897      

15.58% 

20,578      
16,069      
5,950      
203,381      

-      

-      

-      
-      
-      
203,381    $ 

46,727      
123,447      
-      
222,918      

2,559      

142,286      

94,666      
198      
239,709      
462,627    $ 

14,414      
6,242      
-      
26,428      

81,719      
145,758      
5,950      
452,727      

11.80% 
21.05% 
0.86% 
65.38% 

-      

-      

2,559      

0.37% 

142,286      

20.55% 

-      
-      
-      
26,428    $ 

94,666      
198      
239,709      
692,436      

13.67% 
0.03% 
34.62% 
100.00% 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
 
 
June 30, 2015 

Community 
Banking 
Division 

LASG 

     SBA Division      
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Percent of 
Total 

Originated loans: 

Residential real estate ..........   $ 
Home equity ........................     
Commercial real estate: 

non-owner occupied .........     

Commercial real estate: 

owner occupied ................     
Commercial and industrial ...     
Consumer  ............................     
Subtotal ............................     

Purchased loans: 

Residential real estate ..........     
Commercial real estate: 

non-owner occupied .........     

Commercial real estate: 

owner occupied ................     
Commercial and industrial ...     
Subtotal ............................     
Total .................................   $ 

106,138    $ 
24,326      

137    $ 
-      

-    $ 
-      

106,275      
24,326      

17.37% 
3.97% 

48,933      

53,051      

3,865      

105,849      

17.29% 

21,657      
11,597      
7,659      
220,310      

-      

-      

-      
-      
-      
220,310    $ 

16,507      
108,577      
-      
178,272      

2,068      

128,182      

72,069      
273      
202,592      
380,864    $ 

4,461      
2,637      
-      
10,963      

42,625      
122,811      
7,659      
409,545      

6.96% 
20.06% 
1.25% 
66.90% 

-      

-      

2,068      

0.34% 

128,182      

20.94% 

-      
-      
-      
10,963    $ 

72,069      
273      
202,592      
612,137      

11.77% 
0.05% 
33.10% 
100.00% 

The following table summarizes the scheduled maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio at June 30, 2017. Demand loans, 
loans having no stated repayment schedule, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in less than one year.  

Within One 
Year  

     After One Year     
Through Five 
Years 

Scheduled Loan Maturities 
After Five 
Years 
Through Ten 
Years 
(Dollars in thousands) 

After Ten 
Years 

Total 

Mortgages: 

Residential: 

Originated  .......................   $
Purchased  ........................     

Commercial: 

Originated  .......................     
Purchased  ........................     

Non-mortgage loans: 

Commercial:  

Originated  .......................     
Purchased  ........................     
Consumer and other .............     
Total loans ...............................   $

2,356     $
-       

46,056       
31,177       

12,661     $ 
1,206       

70,174       
68,099       

8,590    $
369      

74,084     $
1,902       

97,691   
3,477   

76,073      
36,263      

63,978       
106,184       

256,281   
241,723   

39,096       
50       
174       
118,909     $

123,186       
615       
1,145       
277,086     $ 

10,756      
427      
2,275      
134,753    $

1,430       
94       
775       
248,447     $

174,468   
1,186   
4,369   
779,195   

37 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
 
 
 
   Predetermined rate      

Loans Due After One Year, by Interest Rate Type 
Floating or 
Adjustable 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Mortgages: 

Residential: 

Originated  ..........................................................   $ 
Purchased  ...........................................................     

Commercial: 

Originated  ..........................................................     
Purchased  ...........................................................     

Non-mortgage loans: 

Commercial: 

Originated  ..........................................................     
Purchased  ...........................................................     
Consumer and other ................................................     
Total ...........................................................................    $ 

43,719    $ 
1,183      

10,756      
78,952      

12,450      
-      
4,195      
151,255    $ 

51,616    $ 
2,294      

199,469      
131,594      

122,922      
1,136      
-      
509,031     $ 

95,335  
3,477  

210,225  
210,546  

135,372  
1,136  
4,195  
660,286   

Approximately 74.9% of total portfolio loans at June 30, 2017 were variable rate products, compared to 62.7% at June 30, 
2016.  

Certain  purchased  loans  have  been  identified  as  having  evidence  of  credit  deterioration  since  their  origination,  and  it  is 
probable that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Purchased loans are 
accounted for using the measurement provisions set forth in ASC 310-30. The nonaccretable difference represents a loan's 
contractually required payments receivable in excess of the amount of cash flows expected to be collected. Improvements in 
expected cash flows result in prospective yield adjustments. The effect of a decrease in expected cash flows due to further 
credit deterioration are recorded through the allowance for loan losses.  

Other Assets  

Premises and equipment, net, decreased by $864 thousand, or 11.1%, to $6.9 million at June 30, 2017, compared to $7.8 
million at June 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to depreciation of $1.4 million in the year, offset by fixed assets 
acquired. 

Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net, decreased by $826 thousand, or 50%, to $826 thousand at June 30, 
2017, compared to $1.7 million at June 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to the sale or refinance of real estate owned 
during the year. The real estate and personal property collateral for commercial and consumer loans are written down to fair 
value upon transfer to acquired assets.  

The cash surrender value of the Company's BOLI assets increased $454 thousand, or 2.9%, to $16.2 million at June 30, 2017, 
compared to $15.7 million at June 30, 2016. BOLI assets are invested in the general account of three insurance companies 
and in separate accounts of a fourth insurance company. A general account policy's cash surrender value is supported by the 
general assets of the insurance company. A separate account policy's cash surrender value is supported by assets segregated 
from the general assets of the insurance company. Standard and Poor's rated these companies A+ or better at June 30, 2017. 
Interest earnings, net of mortality costs, increase the cash surrender value. These interest earnings are based on interest rates 
that reset each year, and are subject to minimum guaranteed rates. These increases in cash surrender value are recognized in 
other income and are not subject to income taxes. Management considers BOLI an illiquid asset. BOLI represented 10.8% 
of the Company's total capital at June 30, 2017.  

Servicing rights totaled $2.8 million and $1.8 million at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively. The $1.0 million 
increase was the result of SBA loans sold during the year, offset by amortization and impairment booked during fiscal 2017. 

Intangible assets totaled $1.3 million and $1.7 million at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively. The $432 thousand 
decrease was the result of core deposit intangible amortization during fiscal 2017.  

38 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
       
         
        
  
       
         
        
  
       
         
        
  
       
         
        
  
       
         
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Deposits  

The Company's principal source of funding is its core deposit accounts. At June 30, 2017, core deposits, which the Company 
defines as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits, represented 100% of total deposits.  

Total deposits increased $89.4 million to $889.9 million as of June 30, 2017 from $800.5 million as of June 30, 2016. The 
increase was due to the increase in money market accounts attracted through ableBanking as well as the Community Banking 
Division. 

The following tables set forth certain information relative to the composition of the Company's average deposit accounts and 
the weighted average interest rate on each category of deposits for the periods indicated:  

Average 
Balance 

Year Ended June 30, 2017 
Weighted  

     Average Rate 

(Dollars in thousands) 

   Percent of Total 
   Average Deposits    

Non-interest bearing demand deposits and escrow 

accounts  ..................................................................   $ 
Regular savings ..........................................................     
NOW accounts ...........................................................     
Money market accounts .............................................     
Time deposits  ............................................................     
Total average deposits  ...............................................   $ 

79,560      
36,438      
70,912      
322,011      
326,601      
835,522      

0.00%     
0.14%     
0.29%     
0.97%     
1.22%     
0.88%     

9.52% 
4.36% 
8.49% 
38.54% 
39.09% 
100.00% 

Year Ended June 30, 2016 

Year Ended June 30, 2015 

Average 
Balance 

Weighted 

Average Rate      

Percent of 
Total 
Average 
Deposits 

Average 
Balance 

Weighted 

Average Rate      

Percent of 
Total 
Average 
Deposits 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Non-interest 

bearing demand 
deposits and 
escrow accounts ..   $
Regular savings .....     
NOW accounts ......     
Money market 

accounts ..............     
Time deposits  .......     
Total average 

deposits  ..............   $

67,041      
36,062      
68,304      

212,102      
349,978      

0.00%    
0.13%    
0.27%    

0.87%    
1.13%    

9.14%  $
4.92%    
9.31%    

54,940      
34,495      
63,181      

28.92%    
47.71%    

133,266      
340,046      

0.00%    
0.13%    
0.26%    

0.75%    
1.12%    

8.78%
5.51%
10.09%

21.29%
54.33%

733,487      

0.82%    

100.00%  $

625,928      

0.79%    

100.00%

There were no time deposits greater than $250 thousand as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, and there were $569 thousand 
of time deposits greater than $250 thousand as of June 30, 2015. 

The scheduled maturity of deposits greater than or equal to $100 thousand is set forth below: 

3 months or less .....................................................................................................................................    $ 
Over 3 through 6 months .......................................................................................................................      
Over 6 through 12 months .....................................................................................................................      
Over 12 months .....................................................................................................................................      
Total time certificates greater than or equal to $100 thousand  .............................................................    $ 

48,393  
57,283  
80,768  
85,015  
271,459  

June 30, 2017 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
    
 
     
     
 
    
 
     
  
  
  
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Borrowings 

FHLBB advances, subordinated debt, and junior subordinated debentures have been the Company's sources of funding other 
than deposits. In fiscal 2017, total borrowings decreased by $10.0 million, or 18.4%, to $44.5 million.  

Advances from the FHLBB were $20.0 million and $30.1 million at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively. The 
decrease was primarily the result of the payoff of a $10.0 million FHLBB advance during the quarter ended December 31, 
2016.  

Pledges of residential real estate loans, certain commercial real estate loans and certain FHLBB deposits free of liens or 
pledges  are  required  to  secure  outstanding  advances  and  available  additional  borrowing  capacity  from  the  FHLBB.  At 
June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, the Company had no pledged investment securities.   

On June 29, 2016, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited 
investors pursuant to which the Company sold and issued $15.05 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% fixed-to-
floating subordinated notes due 2026. 

There were no balances outstanding at June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for advances under the Federal Reserve Discount 
Window Borrower-in-custody program. The available credit under the program was $1.4 million and $1.9 million at June 30, 
2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively, with the decrease in fiscal 2017 attributable to payoffs of consumer loans pledged as 
collateral.  

The Company had junior subordinated debentures issued to affiliated trusts totaling $9.0 million and $8.8 million at June 30, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. See “Capital” below for more information on our junior subordinated debentures and affiliated 
trusts.  

40 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Asset Quality  

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable loan losses 
based upon evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by providing for loan 
losses through a charge to expense and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-
off.  

At June 30, 2017, the allowance for loan losses totaled $3.7 million, or 0.47% of total loans, as compared to $2.4 million, or 
0.34% of total loans, at June 30, 2016 and $1.9 million, or 0.31% of total loans, at June 30, 2015. The year over year increase 
in the Company’s allowance for losses was principally the result of loan growth and the increase of qualitative factors. The 
following table sets forth activity in Company’s allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.  

Allowance at beginning of period  ...   $ 

   Year Ended        Year Ended        Year Ended        Year Ended        Year Ended    
  June 30, 2017      June 30, 2016      June 30, 2015      June 30, 2014      June 30, 2013   
(Dollars in thousands) 
1,367     $ 

1,143      $ 

2,350      $ 

1,926      $ 

824  

Loans charged-off during the 

period: 
Residential real estate  ................     
Commercial real estate  ..............     
Commercial and industrial  ........     
Consumer and other  ..................     
Total loans charged-off  .............     

Recoveries on loans previously 

charged-off: 
Residential real estate  ................     
Commercial real estate  ..............     
Commercial and industrial  ........     
Consumer and other  ..................     
Total recoveries  .........................     

Net loans charged off during the 

period  ............................................     
Provision for loan losses  .................     
Allowance at end of period  .............   $ 

Total loans at end of period (1) ..........   $ 
Average loans outstanding during 

the period (1) ...................................     

Allowance as a percentage of total 

186        
44        
56        
101        
387        

33        
21        
16        
38        
108        

134        
988        
77        
66        
1,265        

35        
5        
14        
17        
71        

207       
-       
3       
28       
238       

24       
1       
34       
21       
80       

267        
26        
43        
69        
405        

63        
2        
8        
25        
98        

369  
135  
203  
148  
855  

6  
10  
7  
29  
52  

279        
1,594        
3,665      $ 

1,194        
1,618        
2,350      $ 

158       
717       
1,926     $ 

307        
531        
1,367      $ 

803  
1,122  
1,143  

779,195      $ 

692,436      $ 

612,137     $ 

516,416      $ 

435,376  

737,860        

659,995        

555,073       

488,172        

376,660  

loans  ..............................................     

0.47 %     

0.34 %     

0.31%     

0.26 %     

0.26% 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average 

loans outstanding  ..........................     

0.04 %     

0.18 %     

0.03%     

0.06 %     

0.21% 

Allowance as a percentage of non-

performing loans ............................     

26.25 %     

30.02 %     

18.41%     

18.66 %     

23.54% 

(1)  Amounts and resulting ratios exclude loans held for sale 

41 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
 
 
The following table allocates the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total 
loans at the dates indicated below.  

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

June 30, 2014 

June 30, 2013  

     Percent of 
Amount       to Total 

Loans          
Loans       

     Percent of 
Amount       to Total 

Loans          
Loans       

     Percent of 
Amount       to Total 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Loans          
Loans       

     Percent of 
Amount       to Total 

Loans          
Loans       

     Percent of 
Loans     
Amount       to Total 
Loans    

Residential 

real estate .....   $ 

Commercial 

real estate .....     

Commercial 

and 
industrial ......     
Consumer ........     
Unallocated .....     
Total ................   $ 

478      

12.98%  $ 

663      

16.46 %  $ 

741      

21.67%   $ 

580      

28.79%   $ 

594      

29.36% 

2,549      

63.91%    

1,328      

61.60 %    

976      

56.96%     

625      

61.21%     

249      

60.75% 

585      
53      
-      

22.54%    
0.57%    
0.00%    
3,665       100.00%  $ 

297      
62      
-      

21.08 %    
0.86 %    
0.00 %    
2,350       100.00 %  $ 

118      
35      
56      

20.12%     
1.25%     
0.00%     
1,926       100.00%   $ 

48      
79      
35      

8.09%     
1.91%     
0.00%     
1,367       100.00%   $ 

70      
189      
41      

6.83% 
3.06% 
0.00% 
1,143       100.00% 

The following table reflects the annual trend of total loans 30 days or more past due, as a percentage of total loans. The 
increase in the current year is primarily due to an increase in delinquent LASG originated and SBA division loans. 

Past due loans to total loans ....     

2017 
1.72% 

2016 
1.00% 

As of June 30, 
2015 
1.08% 

2014 
1.14% 

2013 
1.68% 

Non-performing Assets  

The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of the Company’s non-performing assets at the dates indicated:  

June 30, 
2017 

June 30, 
2016 

June 30, 
2015 
(Dollars in thousands) 

June 30, 
2014 

June 30, 
2013 

Nonperforming loans: 
Originated portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....................................   $
Commercial real estate ..................................     
Home equity ..................................................     
Commercial and industrial  ...........................     
Consumer  .....................................................     
Total originated portfolio .....................................     
Purchased portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....................................     
Commercial and industrial ............................     
Commercial real estate ..................................     
Total purchased portfolio .....................................     
Total nonperforming loans ...................................     
Real estate owned and other repossessed 

collateral ............................................................     
Total nonperforming assets ..................................   $
Nonperforming loans that are current ..................   $

3,337     $ 
413       
58       
2,600       
103       
6,511       

1,056       
32       
6,364       
7,452       
13,963       

826       
14,789     $ 
4,321     $ 

2,613     $
474       
48       
17       
163       
3,315       

1,125       
-       
3,387       
4,512       
7,827       

1,652       
9,479     $
2,271     $

3,021     $
994       
11       
2       
190       
4,218       

-       
-       
6,532       
6,532       
10,750       

1,651       
12,401     $
484     $

1,743     $
1,162       
160       
5       
139       
3,209       

-       
-       
4,116       
4,116       
7,325       

1,991       
9,316     $
651     $

2,346   
473   
334   
110   
136   
3,399   

-  
-  
1,457   
1,457   
4,856   

2,134   
6,990   
887   

Non-performing loans to total loans .....................     
Non-performing assets to total assets ...................     

1.79%    
1.37%    

1.13%    
0.96%    

1.76%    
1.46%    

1.42%     
1.22%     

1.12%
1.04%

42 

  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
 
 
 
 
At June 30, 2017, the Company had $14.8 million of nonperforming assets, or 1.37% of total assets, compared to $9.5 million 
of nonperforming assets, or 0.96% of total assets at June 30, 2016 and $12.4 million of nonperforming assets, or 1.5% of 
total  assets, as  of  June 30,  2015.  The  increase  in  nonperforming  assets in  fiscal  2017 was principally  associated with  an 
increase in SBA nonperforming loans of $2.6 million in the year, as well as an increase in purchased commercial real estate 
loans on nonaccrual.  

Troubled  debt  restructurings  (“TDRs”)  represent  loans  for  which  concessions  (such  as  extension  of  repayment  terms  or 
reductions of interest rates to below market rates) are granted due to a borrower's financial condition. Such concessions may 
include reductions of interest rates to below-market terms and/or extension of repayment terms. The balances and payment 
status of TDRs follow: 

Nonaccrual .......................................................................   $ 
Accrual .............................................................................     
Total TDRs .......................................................................   $ 

5,383    $ 
9,702      
15,085    $ 

1,152    $ 
7,036      
8,188    $ 

2,131   
6,365   
8,496   

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

June 30, 2015 

At June 30, 2017, the Company had real estate owned and other repossessed collateral of $826 thousand, compared to $1.7 
million at June 30, 2016. The decrease in the period was primarily due to the sale and refinance of real estate owned during 
the year. The real estate and personal property collateral for commercial and consumer loans are written down to fair value 
upon transfer to acquired assets. Revenues and expenses are recognized in the period when received or incurred on other real 
estate and in substance foreclosures. Gains and losses on disposition are recognized in noninterest income.  

We continue to focus on asset quality and allocate significant resources to credit policy, loan review, asset management, 
collection, and workout functions. Despite this ongoing effort, there can be no assurance that adverse changes in the real 
estate markets and economic conditions will not result in higher non-performing assets levels in the future and negatively 
impact our results of operations through higher provision for loan losses, net loan charge-offs, decreased accrual of income 
and increased noninterest expenses.  

Potential Problem Loans  

Commercial real estate and commercial loans are periodically evaluated under a ten-point rating system. These ratings are 
guidelines in assessing the risk of a particular loan. The Company had $8.9 million, $6.2 million and $8.9 million of loans 
rated substandard or worse at June 30, 2017, June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively, an increase primarily attributable 
to downgraded purchased loans during the year. The following tables present the Company's loans by risk rating: 

June 30, 2017 

Pass (1- 6) ..........................................   $ 
Special mention (7) ...........................     
Substandard (8) .................................     
Doubtful (9) .......................................     
Loss (10) ...........................................     
Total ..................................................   $ 

253,041    $ 
2,686      
554      
-      
-      
256,281    $ 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Originated Portfolio 
Commercial  
and Industrial 

Residential 
Real Estate(1)    
(Dollars in thousands) 
10,039    $ 
71      
803      
19      
-      
10,932    $ 

171,160     $ 
2,483       
825       
-       
-       
174,468     $ 

Purchased 
Portfolio 

Total  

229,980    $ 
9,622      
6,786      
-      
-      
246,388    $ 

664,220  
14,862  
8,968  
19  
-  
688,069  

43 

  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Commercial 
Real Estate 

Originated Portfolio 
Commercial  
and Industrial 

Pass (1- 6) ..........................................   $ 
Special mention (7) ...........................     
Substandard (8) .................................     
Doubtful (9) .......................................     
Loss (10) ...........................................     
Total ..................................................   $ 

186,165    $ 
2,493      
958      
-      
-      
189,616    $ 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Originated Portfolio 
Commercial  
and Industrial 

Pass (1- 6) ..........................................   $ 
Special mention (7) ...........................     
Substandard (8) .................................     
Doubtful (9) .......................................     
Loss (10) ...........................................     
Total ..................................................   $ 

142,321    $ 
4,417      
1,687      
-      
-      
148,425    $ 

June 30, 2016 

Residential 
Real Estate(1)    
(Dollars in thousands) 
7,659    $ 
431      
537      
23      
-      
8,650    $ 

142,451    $ 
3,290      
17      
-      
-      
145,758    $ 

June 30, 2015 

Residential  
Real Estate(1)    
(Dollars in thousands) 
8,049    $ 
634      
429      
23      
-      
9,135    $ 

122,829     $ 
31       
-       
-       
-       
122,860     $ 

Purchased 
Portfolio 

Total  

227,895    $ 
7,147      
4,667      
-      
-      
239,709    $ 

564,170   
13,361   
6,179   
23   
-   
583,733   

Purchased 
Portfolio 

 Total 

190,193    $ 
5,628      
6,771      
-      
-      
202,592    $ 

463,392  
10,710  
8,887  
23  
-  
483,012  

(1)  Certain loans made for commercial purposes, but secured by residential collateral, are rated under the Company’s

risk-rating system. 

Risk Management  

Management  and  the  Board of Directors of  the  Company  recognize  that  taking  and  managing  risk  is  fundamental  to  the 
business  of  banking.  Through  the  development,  implementation  and  monitoring  of  its  policies  with  respect  to  risk 
management, the Company strives to measure, evaluate and control the risks it faces. The Board and management understand 
that an effective risk management system is critical to the Company's safety and soundness. Chief among the risks faced by 
us are credit risk, market risk (including interest rate risk), liquidity risk, and operational (transaction) risk.  

Credit Risk  

The Company considers credit risk to be the most significant risk that it faces, in that it has the greatest potential to affect the 
financial condition and operating results of the Company. Credit risk is managed through a combination of policies and limits 
established by the Board, the monitoring of compliance with these policies and limits, and the periodic evaluation of loans in 
the  portfolio,  including  those  with  problem  characteristics.  The  Company  also  utilizes  the  services  of  independent  third-
parties  to  provide  loan  review  services,  which  consist  of  a  variety  of  monitoring  techniques  after  a  loan  is  purchased  or 
originated.  

In general, the Bank's policies establish limits on the maximum amount of credit that may be granted to a single borrower 
(including  affiliates),  the  aggregate  amount  of  loans  outstanding  by  type  in  relation  to  total  assets  and  capital,  and 
concentrations  of  loans  by  size,  property  type,  and  geography.  Underwriting  criteria,  such  as  collateral  and  debt  service 
coverage ratios and approval limits are also specified in loan policies. The Company's policies also address the performance 
of periodic credit reviews, the risk rating of loans, when loans should be placed on non-performing status and factors that 
should be considered in establishing the Bank's allowance for loan losses. For additional information, refer to "Asset Quality" 
above and Item 1, "Business—Lending Activities."  

44 

  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Market Risk  

Market risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in market prices and rates, and typically encompasses exposures such 
as sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and commodity prices. The Company has 
no exposure to foreign currency exchange or commodity price movements. Because net interest income is our primary source 
of revenue, interest rate risk is a significant market risk to which the Company is exposed.  

Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure of future net interest income to adverse movements in interest rates. Net 
interest  income  is  affected  by  changes  in  interest  rates  as  well  as  by  fluctuations  in  the  level,  mix  and  duration  of  the 
Company's assets and liabilities. Over and above the influence that interest rates have on net interest income, changes in rates 
also affect the volume of lending activity, the ability of borrowers to repay loans, the volume of loan prepayments, the flow 
and mix of deposits, and the market value of the Company's assets and liabilities.  

The Company's management has established an Asset Liability Management Committee ("ALCO"), which is responsible for 
managing the Company's interest rate risk in accordance with policies and limits approved by the Board of Directors. With 
regard to management of market risk, the ALCO is charged with managing the Company's mix of assets and funding sources 
to produce results that are consistent with the Company's liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, and profitability goals.  

Exposure to interest rate risk is managed by Northeast through periodic evaluations of the current interest rate risk inherent 
in its rate-sensitive assets and liabilities, coupled with determinations of the level of risk considered appropriate given the 
Company's capital and liquidity requirements, business strategy, and performance objectives. Through such management, 
Northeast  seeks  to  mitigate  the  potential  volatility  in  its  net  interest  income  due  to  changes  in  interest  rates  in  a  manner 
consistent with the risk appetite established by the Board of Directors.  

The ALCO's primary tool for measuring, evaluating, and managing interest rate risk is income simulation analysis. Income 
simulation analysis measures the interest rate risk inherent in the Company's balance sheet at a given point in time by showing 
the effect of interest rate shifts on net interest income over defined time horizons. These simulations take into account the 
specific  repricing,  maturity,  prepayment  and  call  options  of  financial  instruments  that  vary  under  different  interest  rate 
scenarios. The ALCO reviews simulation results to determine whether the exposure to a decline in net interest income remains 
within established tolerance levels over the simulation horizons and to develop appropriate strategies to manage this exposure. 
The Company considers a variety of specified rate scenarios, including instantaneous rate shocks, against static (or flat) rates 
when measuring interest rate risk, and evaluates results over two consecutive twelve-month periods. All changes are measured 
in comparison to the projected net interest income that would result from an "unchanged" scenario, where interest rates remain 
stable over the measured time horizon(s). As of June 30, 2017, the income simulation analysis (as noted in the table below) 
for the first twelve-month period indicated that exposure to changing interest rates fell within the Company's policy levels of 
tolerance.  

While  the  ALCO  reviews  simulation  assumptions  to  ensure  they  are  reasonable,  and  back-tests  simulation  results  on  a 
periodic  basis  as  a  monitoring  tool,  income  simulation  analysis  may  not  always  prove  to  be  an  accurate  indicator  of  the 
Company's interest rate risk or future earnings. There are inherent shortcomings in income simulation, given the number and 
variety of assumptions that must be made to perform it. For example, the projected level of future market interest rates and 
the shape of future interest rate yield curves have a major impact on income simulation results. Many assumptions concerning 
the repricing of financial instruments, the degree to which non-maturity deposits react to changes in market rates, and the 
expected prepayment rates on loans, mortgage-backed securities, and callable debt securities are also inherently uncertain. In 
addition,  as  income  simulation  analysis  assumes  that  the  Company's  balance  sheet  will  remain  static  over  the  simulation 
horizon,  the  results  do  not  reflect  the  Company's  expectations  for  future  balance  sheet  growth,  nor  changes  in  business 
strategy that the Company could implement in response to rate shifts to mitigate its loss exposures. As such, although the 
analysis described above provides an indication of the Company's sensitivity to interest rate changes at a point in time, these 
estimates are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the 
Company's net interest income and will differ from actual results.  

Assuming a 200 basis point increase and 100 basis point decrease in interest rates starting on June 30, 2017, we estimate that 
our net interest income in the following 12 months would increase by 0.5% if rates increased by 200 basis points and decrease 
by 1.8% if rates declined by 100 basis points. These results indicate a modest level of asset sensitivity in our balance sheet. 
An  asset-sensitive  position  indicates  that  there  are  more  rate-sensitive  assets  than  rate-sensitive  liabilities  repricing  or 
maturing within specific time horizons, which would generally imply a favorable impact on net interest income in periods of 
rising interest rates and a negative impact in periods of falling rates. A liability-sensitive position would generally imply a 
negative impact on net interest income in periods of rising rates and a positive impact in periods of falling rates.  

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
June 30, 2017 ..........................................................................................     
June 30, 2016 ..........................................................................................     
June 30, 2015 ..........................................................................................     

   Up 200 Basis Points       
0.5%     
0.4%     
1.3%     

Down 100 Basis 
Points  

-1.8% 
-1.6% 
-0.2% 

Liquidity Risk  

Liquidity risk is defined as the risk associated with an organization's ability to meet current and future financial obligations 
of a short-term nature. The Company uses its liquidity on a regular basis to fund existing and future loan commitments, to 
pay interest on deposits and on borrowings, to fund maturing certificates of deposit and borrowings, to fund other deposit 
withdrawals, to invest in other interest-earning assets, to make dividend payments to shareholders, and to meet operating 
expenses. The Company's primary sources of liquidity consist of deposit inflows, FHLBB advances, and the amortization, 
prepayment and maturities of loans and securities. While scheduled payments from the amortization and maturities of loans 
and investment securities are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan and investment prepayments can 
be greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. In addition to these regular sources of 
funds, the Company may choose to sell portfolio loans and investment securities to meet liquidity demands.  

We  monitor  and  forecast  our  liquidity  position.  There  are  several  interdependent  methods  used  by  us  for  this  purpose, 
including daily review of Federal Funds positions, monthly review of balance sheet changes, monthly review of liquidity 
ratios,  quarterly  review  of  liquidity  forecasts  and  periodic  review  of  contingent  funding  plans.  Using  these  methods,  the 
Company actively manages its liquidity position under the direction of the ALCO.  

The following is a summary of the unused borrowing capacity of the Company at June 30, 2017 available to meet our short-
term funding needs: 

As of  
June 30, 2017      

(Dollars in 
thousands) 

Brokered time deposits ..............................................    $ 
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston .........................      

269,219  Subject to policy limitation of 25% of total assets 

67,940

Unused advance capacity subject to eligible and 

Federal Discount Window Borrower-in-Custody......      
Other available lines ..................................................      
Total unused borrowing capacity ..............................    $ 

qualified collateral 

1,428  Unused credit line subject to the pledge of loans 

17,500    
356,087    

Retail deposits and other core deposit sources including deposit listing services are used by the Bank to manage its overall 
liquidity position. While we currently do not seek wholesale funding such as FHLBB advances and brokered deposits, the 
ability to raise them remains an important part of our liquidity contingency planning. While we closely monitor and forecast 
our  liquidity  position,  it  is  affected  by  asset  growth,  deposit  withdrawals  and  meeting  other  contractual  obligations  and 
commitments. The accuracy of our forecast assumptions may increase or decrease our overall available liquidity. To utilize 
the FHLBB advance capacity, the purchase of additional capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston may be 
required.  

At  June  30,  2017,  the  Company  had  $433.7  million  of  immediately  accessible  liquidity,  defined  as  cash  that  the  Bank 
reasonably believes could be raised within seven days through collateralized borrowings, brokered deposits or security sales. 
This position represented 40.3% of total assets. The Company also had $163.3 million of cash and cash equivalents at June 
30, 2017.  

Management believes that there are adequate funding sources to meet its liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. Primary 
funding sources are the repayment of principal and interest on loans, the renewal of time deposits, the potential for growth in 
the deposit base, and the credit availability from the FHLBB. Management does not believe that the terms and conditions 
that will be present at the renewal of these funding sources will significantly impact the Company’s operations, due to its 
management of the maturities of its assets and liabilities. 

46 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
On  a  parent  company  only  basis,  commitments  and  debt  service  requirements  at  June  30,  2017  consisted  of  junior 
subordinated debentures issued to NBN Capital Trust II, NBN Capital Trust III and NBN Capital Trust IV with a principal 
balance of $16.5 million as well as subordinated debt issued in June 2016 with a principal balance of $15.05 million. See 
Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for carrying values, maturity dates and the use of purchased 
interest rate caps and swaps to hedge the interest expense in periods of rising interest rates. Based on the interest rates at 
June 30, 2017, the annual aggregate payments to meet the debt service of the junior subordinated debentures is approximately 
$526 thousand. In addition, for the year ended June 30, 2017, total annual interest expense on subordinated notes issued in 
June 2016 was $1.0 million.  

The principal sources of funds for the Company to meet parent-only obligations are dividends from the Bank, which are 
subject to regulatory limitations, and borrowings from public and private sources. For information on the restrictions on the 
payment of dividends by Northeast Bank, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements in 
this Annual Report.  

Operational Risk  

Operational risk, which we define as the risk of loss from failed internal processes, people and systems, and external events, 
is inherent in all of our business activities. The principal ways in which we manage operational risk include the establishment 
of departmental and business-specific policies and procedures, internal controls and monitoring requirements. Some specific 
examples  include  our  information  security  program,  business  continuity  planning  and  testing,  our  vendor  management 
program,  reconciliation  processes,  our  enterprise  risk  assessment  process,  and  new  product  and/or  system  introduction 
processes. Periodic internal audits provide an important independent check on adherence to policies, procedures and controls 
designed to mitigate risk exposure.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the 
financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit 
and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess 
of the amounts recognized in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments 
reflect the extent of the Company's involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of 
those instruments. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any 
condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and 
may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total 
committed amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. To control the credit risk associated with entering 
into commitments and issuing letters of credit, the Company uses the same credit quality, collateral policies, and monitoring 
controls in making commitments and letters of credit as it does with its lending activities.  

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to 
a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to 
customers.  

Unused lines of credit and commitments to extend credit typically result in loans with a market interest rate.  

47 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
A summary of the amounts of the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments with off-balance sheet risk as 
of June 30, 2017 follows:  

Total  

Less Than 
1 Year  

Payments Due - By Period 
1-3 
Years  
(Dollars in thousands)  

4-5 
Years  

After 5 
Years  

Contractual obligations: 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances  ................   $
Junior subordinated debentures  .......................     
Subordinated debt .............................................     
Capital lease obligation ....................................     
Total debt obligations .......................................     
Operating lease obligations  ..............................     
Total contractual obligations  ...........................   $

20,000    $ 
16,496      
15,050      
943      
52,489      
8,328      
60,817    $ 

20,000    $
-      
-      
306      
20,306      
1,263      
21,569    $

-    $
-      
-      
612      
612      
2,538      
3,150    $

-    $
-      
15,050      
25      
15,075      
2,486      
17,561    $

-  
16,496  
-  
-  
16,496  
2,041  
18,537  

Amount of Commitment Expiring - By Period 
     Less Than      
1-3 
1 Year  

     Years  

     Years  

4-5 

     After 5  
     Years  

Total  

Commitments with off-balance sheet risk: 

Commitments to extend credit  .........................   $
Unused lines of credit .......................................     
Standby letters of credit ....................................     
Commitment to fund investment ......................     
Total commitments ...........................................   $

15,244    $ 
31,858      
3,400      
1,000      
51,502    $ 

15,244    $
11,211      
3,400      
1,000      
30,855    $

-    $
11,906      
-      
-      
11,906    $

-    $
2,577      
-      
-      
2,577    $

-  
6,164  
-  
-  
6,164  

(Dollars in thousands)  

Capital  

Shareholders’ equity was $122.8 million at June 30, 2017, an increase of $6.2 million from June 30, 2016. The increase was 
primarily  due  to  earnings  of  $12.3  million,  offset  by  $6.9  million  in  share  repurchases  (representing  645,238  shares). 
Additionally, there was stock-based compensation of $945 thousand, a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of 
$274 thousand and $357 thousand in dividends paid on common stock. 

See  Note  10  of  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  information  on  the  Company's  capital  ratios. 
Regulatory  capital  ratios  for  the  Company  and  the  Bank  currently  exceed  all  applicable  requirements,  including  the 
commitments  made  to  the  Federal  Reserve  and  the  Bureau  in  connection  with  the  merger  with  FHB  Formation  LLC  to 
maintain minimum Tier 1 leverage and total capital ratios of 10% and 15%, respectively.  

Impact of Inflation  

The consolidated financial statements and related notes have been presented in terms of historic dollars without considering 
changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the 
assets  and  virtually  all  of  the  liabilities  of  the  Company  are  monetary  in  nature.  As  a  result,  interest  rates  have  a  more 
significant impact on the Company's performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates 
may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation.  

Impact of New Accounting Standards  

Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement includes the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) 
and the SEC issued statements and interpretations affecting the Company.  

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies  

Critical accounting policies are those that involve significant judgments and assessments by management, and that could 
potentially  result  in  materially  different  results  under  different  assumptions  and  conditions.  The  Company  considers  the 
following to be its critical accounting policies:  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses 
charged to earnings. For residential and consumer loans, a charge-off is recorded no later than the point at which a loan is 
180 days past due if the loan balance exceeds the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. For commercial loans, a charge-
off is recorded on a case-by-case basis when all or a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, 
if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses consists of general, specific, and unallocated reserves and reflects management’s estimate of 
probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management uses a consistent and systematic 
process and methodology to evaluate the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The calculation 
of the allowance for loan losses is segregated by portfolio segments, which include: residential real estate, commercial real 
estate, commercial and industrial, consumer, and purchased loans. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are 
as follows: 

Residential  real  estate:  All  loans  in  this  segment  are  collateralized  by  residential  real  estate  and  repayment  is 
primarily dependent on the credit quality, loan-to-value ratio and income of the individual borrower. The overall 
health of the economy, particularly unemployment rates and housing prices, has a significant effect on the credit 
quality in this segment. For purposes of the Company’s allowance for loan loss calculation, home equity loans and 
lines of credit are included in residential real estate. 

Commercial  real  estate:  Loans  in  this  segment  are  primarily  income-producing  properties.  For  owner-occupied 
properties, the cash flows are derived from an operating business, and the underlying cash flows may be adversely 
affected by deterioration in the financial condition of the operating business. The underlying cash flows generated 
by non-owner occupied properties may be adversely affected by increased vacancy rates. Management periodically 
obtains  rent  rolls  and  operating  statements,  with  which  it  monitors  the  cash  flows  of  these  loans.  Adverse 
developments in either of these areas will have an adverse effect on the credit quality of this segment. For purposes 
of the allowance for loan losses, this segment also includes construction loans. 

Commercial and industrial: Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by the assets of 
the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. Weakness in national or regional economic 
conditions, and a corresponding weakness in consumer or business spending, will have an adverse effect on the 
credit quality of this segment. 

Consumer: Loans in this segment are generally secured, and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the 
individual  borrower.  Repayment  of  consumer  loans  is  generally  based  on  the  earnings  of  individual  borrowers, 
which may be adversely impacted by regional labor market conditions. 

Purchased: Loans in this segment are typically secured by commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate, 
or business assets and have been acquired by LASG. Loans acquired by the LASG are, with limited exceptions, 
performing loans at the date of purchase. Repayment of loans in this segment is largely dependent on cash flow from 
the successful operation of the property, in the case of non-owner occupied property, or operating business, in the 
case  of  owner-occupied  property.  Loan  performance  may  be  adversely  affected  by  factors  affecting  the  general 
economy or conditions specific to the real estate market, such as geographic location or property type. Loans in this 
segment  are  evaluated  for  impairment  under  ASC  310-30.  The  Company  reviews  expected  cash  flows  from 
purchased loans on a quarterly basis. The effect of a decline in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition of 
the loan is recognized through a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
The general component of the allowance for loan losses for originated loans is based on historical loss experience adjusted 
for qualitative factors stratified by loan segment. The Company does not weight periods used in that analysis to determine 
the average loss rate in each portfolio segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: 

●  Levels and trends in delinquencies;  

●  Trends in the volume and nature of loans;  

●  Trends in credit terms and policies, including underwriting standards, procedures and practices, and the experience

and ability of lending management and staff;  

●  Trends in portfolio concentration; 

●  National and local economic trends and conditions;  

●  Effects of changes or trends in internal risk ratings; and 

●  Other effects resulting from trends in the valuation of underlying collateral.  

There were no significant changes in the Company's policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the 
allowance for loan losses during the years ended June 30, 2017 or 2016.  

The  allocated  component  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  relates  to  loans  that  are  classified  as  impaired.  Impairment  is 
measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective 
interest  rate  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  An  allowance  is  established  when  the 
discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of the loan. 

For all portfolio segments, except loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, a loan is considered impaired when, based on 
current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal 
or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans that experience insignificant payment 
delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment 
delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan 
and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the 
amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. For the purchased loan segment, a loan is considered 
impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to realize cash flows 
as expected at acquisition. For loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 for which cash flows can reasonably be estimated, 
loan impairment is measured based on the decrease in expected cash flows from those estimated at acquisition, excluding 
changes due to changes in interest rate indices and other non-credit related factors, discounted at the loan’s effective rate 
assumed  at  acquisition. Factors  considered  by  management  in determining  impairment  include payment  status,  collateral 
value, and the probability of collecting the scheduled principal and interest payments when due. 

Purchased Loans 

Loans that the Company purchases are initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan and 
lease losses. Determining the fair value of the purchased loans involves estimating the amount and timing of principal and 
interest cash flows initially expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at an appropriate market 
rate of interest. The Company continues to evaluate the reasonableness of expectations for the timing and the amount of cash 
to be collected. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows may result in changes in the amortization or accretion of fair 
market value adjustments, and in some cases may result in a loan being considered impaired. 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management” 
and accompanying table set forth therein for quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk. 

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
 
 
Item 8.         Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and  
Shareholders of Northeast Bancorp 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Northeast Bancorp and subsidiary (“the Company”) as of 
June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ 
equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  two  years  in  the  period  ended  June  30,  2017.  These  financial  statements  are  the 
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based 
on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two 
years in the period ended June 30, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America.  

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on criteria established 
in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission in 2013, and our report dated September 13, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

/s/ RSM US LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
September 13, 2017 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and   
Shareholders of Northeast Bancorp 

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in  shareholders' 
equity and cash flows of Northeast Bancorp and subsidiary for the year ended June 30, 2015. These financial statements are 
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements 
based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing 
audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit 
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing 
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, with respect to Northeast 
Bancorp and subsidiary, the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2015, in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
September 28, 2015 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

June 30, 2017       

June 30, 2016     

Cash and due from banks ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Short-term investments ..................................................................................................................     
Total cash and cash equivalents .................................................................................................     
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value ......................................................................................     

Assets 

Residential real estate loans held for sale .......................................................................................     
SBA loans held for sale ..................................................................................................................     
Total loans held for sale .............................................................................................................     

Loans:  

Commercial real estate ...............................................................................................................     
Residential real estate .................................................................................................................     
Commercial and industrial .........................................................................................................     
Consumer ...................................................................................................................................     
Total loans ..............................................................................................................................     
Less: Allowance for loan losses .................................................................................................     
Loans, net ...............................................................................................................................     

3,582    $ 
159,701      
163,283      
96,693      

4,508      
191      
4,699      

498,004      
101,168      
175,654      
4,369      
779,195      
3,665      
775,530      

Premises and equipment, net ..........................................................................................................     
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net .................................................................     
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost .........................................................................................     
Intangible assets, net ......................................................................................................................     
Servicing rights, net .......................................................................................................................     
Bank-owned life insurance .............................................................................................................     
Other assets ....................................................................................................................................     
Total assets .................................................................................................................................   $ 

6,937      
826      
1,938      
1,300      
2,846      
16,179      
6,643       
1,076,874    $ 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity 

Liabilities  
Deposits: 

Demand ......................................................................................................................................   $ 
Savings and interest checking ....................................................................................................     
Money market ............................................................................................................................     
Time  ..........................................................................................................................................     
Total deposits .........................................................................................................................     

Federal Home Loan Bank advances ...........................................................................................     
Subordinated debt ......................................................................................................................     
Capital lease obligation ..............................................................................................................     
Other liabilities...........................................................................................................................     
Total liabilities .......................................................................................................................     
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) ...................................................................................     

69,827    $ 
108,417      
374,569      
337,037      
889,850      

20,011      
23,620      
873      
19,723      
954,077      
-      

2,459   
148,698   
151,157   
100,572   

6,449  
1,070  
7,519   

426,568   
113,962   
145,956   
5,950   
692,436   
2,350   
690,086  

7,801   
1,652   
2,408   
1,732   
1,771  
15,725   
5,730  
986,153   

66,686   
107,218   
275,437   
351,091   
800,432   

30,075   
23,331   
1,128   
14,596  
869,562   
-  

Shareholders' equity 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and 

outstanding at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 ....................................................................     

-      

-  

Voting common stock, $1.00 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 7,840,460 and 

8,089,790 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively ..     

7,841      

8,089   

Non-voting common stock, $1.00 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized; 991,194 and 

1,227,683 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively ..     
Additional paid-in capital  ..........................................................................................................     
Retained earnings .......................................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .....................................................................................     
Total shareholders' equity ..........................................................................................................     
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ....................................................................................   $ 

991      
77,455      
38,142      
(1,632)     
122,797      
1,076,874    $ 

1,228  
83,020   
26,160   
(1,906) 
116,591  
986,153  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

53 

  
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
   
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Interest and dividend income: 

Interest and fees on loans ..................................................................................    $ 
Interest on available-for-sale securities ............................................................      
Other interest and dividend income  .................................................................      
Total interest and dividend income...............................................................      

Interest expense: 

Deposits ............................................................................................................      
Federal Home Loan Bank advances .................................................................      
Wholesale repurchase agreements ....................................................................      
Short-term borrowings ......................................................................................      
Subordinated debt .............................................................................................      
Obligation under capital lease agreements ........................................................      
Total interest expense ...................................................................................      

Net interest and dividend income before provision for loan losses .......................      
Provision for loan losses .......................................................................................      
Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses ..........................      

Noninterest income: 

Fees for other services to customers .................................................................      
Gain on sales of residential loans held for sale .................................................      
Gain on sales of SBA loans ..............................................................................      
Gain on sale of other loans ...............................................................................      
(Loss) gain recognized on real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, 

net ..................................................................................................................      
Bank-owned life insurance income ...................................................................      
Other noninterest income ..................................................................................      
Total noninterest income ..............................................................................      

Noninterest expense: 

Salaries and employee benefits .........................................................................     
Occupancy and equipment expense ..................................................................     
Professional fees ...............................................................................................     
Data processing fees .........................................................................................     
Marketing expense ...........................................................................................     
Loan acquisition and collection expense ..........................................................     
FDIC insurance premiums ................................................................................     
Intangible asset amortization ............................................................................     
Other noninterest expense ................................................................................     
Total noninterest expense .............................................................................     

Income before income tax expense .......................................................................      
Income tax expense ..............................................................................................      
Net income  ......................................................................................................   $ 

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 

2015 

55,857    $ 
1,018      
1,046      
57,921      

7,357      
800      
-      
-      
1,888      
51      
10,096      

47,825      
1,594      
46,231      

1,952      
1,452      
5,277      
365      

(23)     
454      
219      
9,696      

21,706      
5,002      
1,666      
1,744      
392      
1,734      
303      
432      
2,810      
35,789      

20,138      
7,799      
12,339    $ 

45,849    $ 
930      
456      
47,235      

6,027      
1,027      
67      
20      
651      
63      
7,855      

39,380      
1,618      
37,762      

1,657      
1,684      
4,178      
-      

(255)     
449      
60      
7,773      

19,548      
5,227      
1,463      
1,487      
285      
1,368      
489      
477      
3,468      
33,812      

11,723      
4,104      
7,619    $ 

43,383  
913  
292  
44,588  

5,010  
1,101  
288  
29  
718  
74  
7,220  

37,368  
717  
36,651  

1,494  
1,877  
2,821  
-  

428  
440  
29  
7,089  

18,817  
4,939  
1,658  
1,355  
244  
1,458  
504  
589  
3,040  
32,604  

11,136  
3,995  
7,141  

Weighted-average shares outstanding: 

Basic .................................................................................................................     
Diluted ..............................................................................................................     

8,898,448      
8,952,614      

9,474,999      
9,484,635      

9,980,733  
9,980,733  

Earnings per common share: 

Basic .................................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ..............................................................................................................     

Cash dividends declared per common share .........................................................    $ 

1.39    $ 
1.38       

0.04    $ 

0.80    $ 
0.80       

0.04    $ 

0.72  
0.72   

0.04  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
    
       
       
   
  
  
 
 
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Net income .........................................................................................   $ 
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax: 

Available-for-sale securities: 

Change in net unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale 

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 

2015 

12,339    $

7,619     $

7,141   

securities ...................................................................................     

(1,145)     

1,033       

442   

Derivatives and hedging activities: 

Change in accumulated gain (loss) on effective cash flow 

hedges .......................................................................................     
Reclassification adjustments included in net income ..................     
Total derivatives and hedging activities .........................................     
Total other comprehensive income (loss), before tax .....................     
Income tax expense (benefit) related to other comprehensive 

income (loss) ................................................................................     
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax ..............................     
Comprehensive income  .................................................................   $ 

1,550      
43      
1,593      
448      

174      
274      
12,613    $

(2,032 )     
(3 )     
(2,035 )     
(1,002 )     

(384 )     
(618 )     
7,001     $

(529 ) 
(49 ) 
(578 ) 
(136 ) 

(131 ) 
(5 ) 
7,136   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

   Preferred Stock 
   Shares      Amount      Shares 

    Amount      Shares 

Voting  
Common Stock 

Non-voting  
Common Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
    Amount      Capital 
881    $ 
-      

-       9,260,331    $  9,260        880,963    $ 
-      
-      

-       

-      

90,914    $  12,182    $ 
7,141      

-      

(1,283 )   $ 
-       

111,954  
7,141  

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive     
Loss 

Total 
Shareholders’   
Equity 

    Retained     
    Earnings     

Balance at June 30, 2014 ...     
Net income  ....................     
Other comprehensive 

loss, net of tax ..............     

Common stock 

repurchased ..................     

Conversion of voting 

common stock to non-
voting common stock ...     

Dividends on common 

stock at $0.04 per share     

Stock-based 

compensation................     

Issuance of restricted 

common stock ..............     

Forfeiture of restricted 

common stock ..............     
Balance at June 30, 2015 ...     
Net income  ....................     
Other comprehensive 

loss, net of tax ..............     

Common stock 

repurchased ..................     

Conversion of voting 

common stock to non-
voting common stock ...     

Dividends on common 

stock at $0.04 per share     

Stock-based 

compensation................     

Issuance of restricted 

common stock ..............     

Cancellations and 

forfeiture of restricted 
common stock ..............     
Balance at June 30, 2016 ...     
Net income  ....................     
Other comprehensive 

income, net of tax .........     

Common stock 

repurchased ..................     

Conversion of voting 

common stock to non-
voting common stock ...     

Dividends on common 

stock at $0.04 per share     

Stock-based 

compensation................   

Issuance of restricted 

common stock ..............     

Cancellations and 

forfeiture of restricted 
common stock ..............     

Stock options exercised, 

net .................................     
Other ...............................     
Balance at June 30, 2017 ...     

-    $ 
-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      
-    $ 
-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      
-    $ 
-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-   

-      

-      

-      
-      
-    $ 

-      

-      

-       

-       (710,662)     

(711 )     

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

(5,955)     

-      

-      

(5 )     

(5) 

-       

(6,666) 

-       (131,776)     

(132 )      131,776      

132      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-       

-       

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

(402)     

705      

-      

-       174,000      

174       

(174)     

(16,749)     

-      
-      
-       8,575,144    $  8,575       1,012,739    $  1,013    $ 
-      
-       
-      

(16 )     

-      

-      

-      

16      

-      
85,506    $  18,921    $ 
7,619      

-      

-       

-       

-       

-       

(402) 

705  

-       
(1,288 )   $ 
-       

-  
112,727  
7,619  

-      

-      

-       

-       (322,900)     

(323 )     

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

(3,036)     

-      

-      

(618 )     

(618) 

-       

(3,359) 

-       (214,944)     

(215 )      214,944      

215      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-       

-       

-       100,000      

100       

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

(380)     

613      

(100)     

-      

-      

-       

-       

-       

-       

-  

(380) 

613  

-  

(47,510)     

-      
-      
-       8,089,790    $  8,089       1,227,683    $  1,228    $ 
-      
-       
-      

(48 )     

-      

-      

-      

37      

-      
83,020    $  26,160    $ 
-       12,339      

-       
(1,906 )   $ 
-       

(11) 
116,591  
12,339  

-      

-      

-       

-       (645,238)     

(645 )     

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

(6,298)     

-      

-      

274       

274  

-       

(6,943) 

-       236,489      

237        (236,489)     

(237)     

-      

-      

-      

-   

-      

-    

-       

-     

-       170,000      

170       

-      

-    

-      

-      

-    

-      

-      

(357)     

945    

(170)     

-    

-      

-      

(16,956)     

(17 )     

-      

-      

4      

-      

-       

-       

-     

-       

-       

-  

(357) 

945 

-  

(13) 

6,375      
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-       7,840,460    $  7,841        991,194    $ 

7       
-       

-      
-      
991    $ 

(67)     
21      

-      
-      
77,455    $  38,142     $ 

-       
-       
(1,632 )   $ 

(60) 
21  
122,797  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

56 

  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
  
   
 
 
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Operating activities: 

Net income .......................................................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 

Provision for loan losses ...................................................................................     
Loss (gain) recognized on real estate owned, other repossessed collateral and 

premise and equipment, net ..........................................................................     
Accretion of fair value adjustments on loans, net .............................................     
Accretion of fair value adjustments on deposits, net ........................................     
Accretion of fair value adjustments on borrowings, net ...................................     
Amortization of subordinated debt issuance costs ............................................     
Originations of loans held for sale ....................................................................     
Net proceeds from sales of loans held for sale ..................................................     
Gain on sales of residential loans held for sale, net ..........................................     
Gain on sales of SBA and other loans held for sale, net ...................................     
Amortization of intangible assets .....................................................................     
Bank-owned life insurance income, net ............................................................     
Depreciation of premises and equipment ..........................................................     
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense .............................................................     
Stock-based compensation ...............................................................................     
Amortization of available-for-sale securities, net .............................................      
Changes in other assets and liabilities: 

Other assets ..................................................................................................     
Other liabilities .............................................................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities .........................................................     

Investing activities: 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities .........................................................     
Proceeds from maturities and principal payments on available-for-sale 

securities.......................................................................................................     
Loan purchases .................................................................................................     
Loan originations, principal collections, and purchased loan paydowns, net ....     
Purchases and disposals of premises and equipment, net .................................     
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment ...............................................     
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned and other repossessed collateral .......     
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock ...............................................     
Net cash used in investing activities .................................................................      

Financing activities: 

Issuance of subordinated debt, net of debt issuance costs .................................     
Net increase in deposits ....................................................................................     
Net decrease in short-term borrowings .............................................................     
Dividends paid on common stock .....................................................................     
Repurchase of common stock ...........................................................................     
Repayment of FHLBB borrowings and wholesale repurchase agreements ......     
Repayment of capital lease obligation ..............................................................     
Taxes paid through cancellation of common stock ...........................................     
Net cash provided by financing activities .........................................................     
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ........................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ..................................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year  ...........................................................   $ 

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 

2015 

12,339    $ 

7,619    $ 

7,141  

1,594      

1,618      

717  

23      
(12,093)     
(5)     
115      
110      
(122,924)     
153,939      
(1,452)     
(5,642)     
432      
(454)     
1,449      
(1,025)     
945      
1,055      

(1,131)     
6,715      
33,990      

255      
(9,384)     
(6)     
43      
-      
(130,010)     
134,522      
(1,684)     
(4,178)     
477      
(449)     
1,631      
2,122      
613      
1,025      

(1,002)     
1,882      
5,094      

(428) 
(11,899) 
(171) 
(112) 
-  
(98,383) 
126,430  
(1,877) 
(2,821) 
589  
(440) 
1,666  
(1,185) 
705  
1,001  

31  
556  
21,520  

(19,526)     

(45,160)     

-  

21,204      
(112,807)     
16,915      
(695)     
-      
759      
470      
(93,680)     

-      
89,423      
-      
(357)     
(6,943)     
(10,000)     
(255)     
(52)     
71,816      
12,126      
151,157      
163,283    $ 

46,504      
(99,999)     
28,975      
(1,190)     
-      
1,537      
1,694      
(67,639)     

14,512      
125,679      
(2,349)     
(380)     
(3,359)     
(10,000)     
(240)     
(11)     
123,852      
61,307      
89,850      
151,157    $ 

11,414  
(82,654) 
(24,585) 
(1,244) 
369  
2,563  
-  
(94,137) 

-  
100,601  
(635) 
(402) 
(6,666) 
(12,500) 
(190) 
-  
80,208  
7,591  
82,259  
89,850  

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information: 

Interest paid ......................................................................................................   $ 
Income taxes paid, net ......................................................................................     

9,502    $ 
7,670      

7,773    $ 
2,166      

7,487  
5,664  

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities: 

Transfers from loans to real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, 

net .................................................................................................................   $ 

2,959    $ 

1,781    $ 

1,764  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

The  accounting  and reporting  policies  of Northeast  Bancorp  and  Subsidiary  (the  “Company"  or  "Northeast")  conform  to 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP") and conform to practices within the 
financial services industry. 

Business  

The  Company  is  a  Maine  corporation  and  a  bank  holding  company  registered  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Boston 
("FRB") under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to the regulation 
and supervision of the FRB. The Company provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers 
throughout south-central and western Maine and conducts loan purchasing and origination activities nationwide through its 
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Northeast  Bank  (the  "Bank"),  a  Maine  state-chartered  universal  bank.  The  Bank  is  subject  to 
supervision and regulation by applicable state and federal banking agencies, including the State of Maine Bureau of Financial 
Institutions, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), and the FRB. The Bank faces competition from banks and 
other financial institutions.  

Business Combination Accounting  

On  December  29,  2010,  the  Company  merged  with  FHB  Formation  LLC  (the  "Merger").  The  Company  applied  the 
acquisition method of accounting to this business combination, which represented an acquisition by FHB Formation LLC 
("FHB") of Northeast, with Northeast  as  the  surviving  company. Under  the  acquisition  method,  the  acquiring  entity  in  a 
business combination recognizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Management 
utilizes valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining these fair values. Any excess 
of  the  purchase  price  over  amounts  allocated  to  assets  acquired,  including  identifiable  intangible  assets,  and  liabilities 
assumed is recorded as goodwill. In the Merger, amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed were greater 
than the purchase price, which resulted in the recognition of a bargain purchase gain. Acquisition-related costs were expensed 
as incurred.  

Principles of Consolidation  

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Northeast  Bancorp,  and  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, Northeast Bank (including the Bank's wholly-owned subsidiaries). All significant intercompany transactions and 
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.  

NBN Capital Trust II, NBN Capital Trust III and NBN Capital Trust IV are considered affiliates and are deconsolidated 
pursuant  to  criteria  established  by  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification 
("ASC")  810,  Consolidation  ("ASC  810").  The  investments  in  these  affiliates  were  $496  thousand  in  aggregate  and  are 
included in other assets.  

Reclassifications  

Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.  

Use of Estimates  

The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  US  GAAP.  In  preparing  the  financial  statements, 
management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of financial condition and income and expenses 
for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.  

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan 
losses, the determination of fair values in conjunction with the application of loan acquisition accounting, and the on-going 
evaluation of assets for potential impairment.  

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk  

Most of the Community Banking Division's business activity is with customers located within the State of Maine. However, 
the business activities of the Bank’s Loan Acquisition and Servicing Group ("LASG") and the SBA Division are diversified 
across the country. In all regions, the Company’s focus is to originate and purchase commercial real estate loans. Repayment 
of loans is expected from cash flows of the borrower. Losses on secured loans are limited by the value of the collateral upon 
default of the borrowers. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

For purposes of presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and due 
from banks and short-term investments. The Company is required to maintain a certain reserve balance in the form of cash 
or  deposits  with  other  financial  institutions.  At  June  30,  2017  and  2016,  such  reserve  balances  totaled  $2.7  million  and 
$4.0 million, respectively.  

Available-for-Sale Securities  

Securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and 
carried at amortized cost. Those securities held for indefinite periods of time but not necessarily to maturity are classified as 
available for sale. Securities held for indefinite periods of time include securities that management intends to use as part of 
its  asset/liability,  liquidity,  or  capital  management  strategies  and  may  be  sold  in  response  to  changes  in  interest  rates, 
maturities, asset/liability mix, liquidity needs, regulatory capital needs or other business factors. Securities available for sale 
are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in shareholders' equity as 
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.  

Interest and dividends on securities are recorded on the accrual method. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized 
or accreted into interest income by the level-yield method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the 
effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities. These estimates of prepayment assumptions are made 
based upon the actual performance of the underlying security, current interest rates, the general market consensus regarding 
changes in mortgage interest rates, the contractual repayment terms of the underlying loans, the priority rights of the investors 
to the cash flows from the mortgage securities and other economic conditions. When differences arise between anticipated 
prepayments and actual prepayments, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated 
future payments. Unamortized premium or discount is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective 
yield been applied since purchase, with a corresponding charge or credit to interest income.  

Security transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification 
method and are recorded in non-interest income.  

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a periodic basis. Factors considered in determining 
whether an impairment is other-than-temporary include: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been 
less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (3) the intent and ability of the Company 
to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. If the Company 
intends  to  sell  an  impaired  security,  the  Company  records  an  other-than-temporary  loss  in  an  amount equal  to  the  entire 
difference between the fair value and amortized cost. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired but 
the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit portion of the estimated loss is recognized in earnings, with 
the other portion of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock  

During the periods presented, the Company has owned investments in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston 
("FHLBB"). No ready market exists for these stocks, and they have no quoted market values. The Bank, as a member of the 
FHLBB, is required to maintain investments in the capital stock of the FHLBB equal to their membership base investments 
plus an activity-based investment determined according to the Bank's level of outstanding FHLBB advances. The Company 
reviews its investments in FHLBB stock periodically to determine if other-than-temporary impairment exists. The Company 
reviews recent public filings, rating agency analysis and other factors, when making the determination. As of June 30, 2017 
and 2016, no impairment has been recognized. 

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Loans Held for Sale and Loan Servicing  

Residential real estate mortgage loans are designated as held for sale or held to maturity based on intent, which is determined 
when loans are underwritten. Loans originated and held for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or 
fair value. The SBA Division loans are designated as held for sale based on intent to sell, which is determined on a quarterly 
basis. The guaranteed portions of the loans are transferred to held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. 
Realized gains and losses on sales of residential loans are determined using the specific identification method, and realized 
gains and losses on sales of SBA loans are determined using the allocation of participating interests sold and retained. Direct 
loan origination costs and fees related to loans held for sale are deferred upon origination and are recognized as an adjustment 
to the gain or loss on the date of sale.  

In its mortgage banking activities, the Company sells loans both on a servicing released and servicing retained basis. The 
Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans for others, which is classified as servicing rights, 
net, on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company capitalizes mortgage servicing rights at their allocated cost (based on 
the  relative  fair  values  of  the  rights  and  the  related  loans)  upon  the  sale  of  the  related  loans.  The  Company  uses  the 
amortization method to subsequently measure servicing assets. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized over the estimated 
weighted  average  life  of  the  loans. The  Company's  assumptions with  respect  to prepayments,  which  affect  the  estimated 
average life of the loans, are adjusted quarterly and as necessary to reflect current circumstances. The Company evaluates 
the estimated life and fair value of its servicing portfolio based on data that is disaggregated to reflect note rate, type, and 
term on the underlying loans. The Company performs an assessment of capitalized mortgage servicing rights for impairment 
based on the current fair value of those rights. Fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model that 
calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that 
market  participants  would  use  in  estimating  future  net  servicing  income,  such  as  the  cost  to  service,  the  discount  rate, 
prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance to the extent that 
fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer 
exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.  

In  connection  with  the  mortgage  loans  to  be  held  for  sale,  the  Company  often  offers  interest  rate  lock  commitments  to 
prospective borrowers. The Company manages this interest rate risk by entering into offsetting forward sale agreements with 
third party investors for certain funded loans and loan commitments. The Company uses "best efforts" forward loan sale 
commitments  to  mitigate  the  risk of potential  decreases  in  the values of loans  that would  result from  the  exercise of  the 
derivative loan commitments. The gross effect of the derivative loan commitments and forward sale agreements is nominal 
at each date presented.  

In its SBA Division activities, the Company recognizes the SBA servicing rights as separate assets, which is classified as 
servicing rights, net, on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company capitalizes SBA servicing rights at the net present 
value of the fee income and fee cost spread upon the sale of the related loans. The Company uses the amortization method to 
subsequently measure servicing assets. The SBA servicing rights are amortized over the estimated weighted average life of 
the loans. The Company's assumptions with respect to prepayments, which affect the estimated average life of the loans, are 
adjusted quarterly and as necessary to reflect current circumstances. The Company evaluates the estimated life and fair value 
of its servicing portfolio based on data that is disaggregated to reflect note rate, type, and term on the underlying loans. The 
Company performs an assessment of capitalized SBA servicing rights for impairment based on the current fair value of those 
rights. Fair value of the servicing rights is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future 
net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future 
net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Impairment 
is recognized through a valuation allowance to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company 
later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an 
increase to income.  

Loans  

Loans are carried at the principal amounts outstanding, or amortized acquired fair value in the case of acquired loans, adjusted 
by partial charge-offs and net of deferred loan costs or fees. Loan fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and 
amortized into interest income over the expected term of the loan using the level-yield method. When a loan is paid off, any 
unamortized discount or premium is recognized in interest income. Interest income is accrued based upon the daily principal 
amount outstanding except for loans on nonaccrual status.  

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Loans purchased by the Company are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired 
with  Deteriorated  Credit  Quality  ("ASC  310-30").  At  acquisition,  the  effective  interest  rate  is  determined  based  on  the 
discount rate that equates the present value of the Company's estimate of cash flows with the purchase price of the loan. 
Prepayments are not assumed in determining a purchased loan's effective interest rate and income accretion. The application 
of ASC 310-30 limits the yield that may be accreted on the purchased loan, or the "accretable yield," to the excess of the 
Company's estimate, at acquisition, of the expected undiscounted principal, interest, and other cash flows over the Company's 
initial investment in the loan. The excess of contractually required payments receivable over the cash flows expected to be 
collected on the loan represents the purchased loan's "nonaccretable difference." Subsequent improvements in expected cash 
flows  of  loans  with  nonaccretable  differences  result  in  a  prospective  increase  to  the  loan's  effective  yield  through  a 
reclassification of some, or all, of the nonaccretable difference to accretable yield. The effect of subsequent credit-related 
declines in expected cash flows of purchased loans are recorded through a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses.  

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days as to either principal or interest, or when in 
management's judgment the collectability of interest or principal of the loan has been significantly impaired. Loans accounted 
for under ASC 310-30 are placed on nonaccrual when it is not possible to reach a reasonable expectation of the timing and 
amount of cash flows to be collected on the loan. When a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and 
uncollected interest is reversed against interest on loans. Interest on nonaccrual loans is accounted for on a cash-basis or using 
the cost-recovery method when collectability is doubtful. A loan is returned to accrual status when collectability of principal 
is reasonably assured and the loan has performed for a reasonable period of time.  

In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to 
contractual terms, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"), and therefore by definition is an impaired 
loan.  Concessionary  modifications  may  include  adjustments  to  interest  rates,  extensions  of  maturity,  and  other  actions 
intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. For loans accounted for under ASC 
310-30, the Company evaluates whether it has granted a concession by comparing the restructured debt terms to the expected 
cash  flows  at  acquisition  plus  any  additional  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  arising  from  changes  in  estimate  after 
acquisition. As a result, if an ASC 310-30 loan is modified to be consistent with, or better than, the Company's expectations 
at acquisition, the modified loan would generally not qualify as a TDR. Nonaccrual loans that are restructured generally 
remain on nonaccrual status for a minimum period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured 
terms. If the restructured loan is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan 
should remain on accrual status. If the borrower's ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the 
loan is classified as a nonaccrual loan. With limited exceptions, loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such until the 
loan is paid off.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses 
charged to earnings. For residential and consumer loans, a charge-off is recorded no later than the point at which a loan is 
180 days past due if the loan balance exceeds the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. For commercial loans, a charge-
off is recorded on a case-by-case basis when all or a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, 
if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses consists of general, specific, and unallocated reserves and reflects management’s estimate of 
probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management uses a consistent and systematic 
process and methodology to evaluate the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The calculation 
of the allowance for loan losses is segregated by portfolio segments, which include: residential real estate, commercial real 
estate, commercial and industrial, consumer, and purchased loans. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are 
as follows: 

Residential  real  estate:  All  loans  in  this  segment  are  collateralized  by  residential  real  estate  and  repayment  is 
primarily dependent on the credit quality, loan-to-value ratio and income of the individual borrower. The overall 
health of the economy, particularly unemployment rates and housing prices, has a significant effect on the credit 
quality in this segment. For purposes of the Company’s allowance for loan loss calculation, home equity loans and 
lines of credit are included in residential real estate. 

61 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Commercial  real  estate:  Loans  in  this  segment  are  primarily  income-producing  properties.  For  owner-occupied 
properties, the cash flows are derived from an operating business, and the underlying cash flows may be adversely 
affected by deterioration in the financial condition of the operating business. The underlying cash flows generated 
by non-owner occupied properties may be adversely affected by increased vacancy rates. Management periodically 
obtains  rent  rolls  and  operating  statements,  with  which  it  monitors  the  cash  flows  of  these  loans.  Adverse 
developments in either of these areas will have an adverse effect on the credit quality of this segment. For purposes 
of the allowance for loan losses, this segment also includes construction loans. 

Commercial and industrial: Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by the assets of 
the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. Weakness in national or regional economic 
conditions, and a corresponding weakness in consumer or business spending, will have an adverse effect on the 
credit quality of this segment. 

Consumer: Loans in this segment are generally secured, and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the 
individual  borrower.  Repayment  of  consumer  loans  is  generally  based  on  the  earnings  of  individual  borrowers, 
which may be adversely impacted by regional labor market conditions. 

Purchased: Loans in this segment are typically secured by commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate, 
or business assets and have been acquired by LASG. Loans acquired by the LASG are, with limited exceptions, 
performing loans at the date of purchase. Repayment of loans in this segment is largely dependent on cash flow from 
the successful operation of the property, in the case of non-owner occupied property, or operating business, in the 
case  of  owner-occupied  property.  Loan  performance  may  be  adversely  affected  by  factors  affecting  the  general 
economy or conditions specific to the real estate market, such as geographic location or property type. Loans in this 
segment  are  evaluated  for  impairment  under  ASC  310-30.  The  Company  reviews  expected  cash  flows  from 
purchased loans on a quarterly basis. The effect of a decline in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition of 
the loan is recognized through a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses. 

The general component of the allowance for loan losses for originated loans is based on historical loss experience adjusted 
for qualitative factors stratified by loan segment. The Company does not weight periods used in that analysis to determine 
the average loss rate in each portfolio segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: 

●  Levels and trends in delinquencies and non-performing loans;  

●  Trends in the volume and nature of loans;  

●  Trends in credit terms and policies, including underwriting standards, procedures and practices, and the experience

and ability of lending management and staff;  

●  Trends in portfolio concentration; 

●  National and local economic trends and conditions;  

●  Effects of changes or trends in internal risk ratings; and 

●  Other effects resulting from trends in the valuation of underlying collateral.  

There were no significant changes in the Company's policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the 
allowance for loan losses during the years ended June 30, 2017 or 2016.  

The  allocated  component  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  relates  to  loans  that  are  classified  as  impaired.  Impairment  is 
measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective 
interest  rate  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  An  allowance  is  established  when  the 
discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of the loan. 

For all portfolio segments, except loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, a loan is considered impaired when, based on 
current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal 
or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans that experience insignificant payment 
delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment 
delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan 
62 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the 
amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. For the purchased loan segment, a loan is considered 
impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to realize cash flows 
as expected at acquisition. For loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 for which cash flows can reasonably be estimated, 
loan impairment is measured based on the decrease in expected cash flows from those estimated at acquisition, excluding 
changes due to changes in interest rate indices and other non-credit related factors, discounted at the loan’s effective rate 
assumed  at  acquisition. Factors  considered  by  management  in determining  impairment  include payment  status,  collateral 
value, and the probability of collecting the scheduled principal and interest payments when due. 

Premises and Equipment  

Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  by  the  straight-line 
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Premises and equipment under capital leases are amortized over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets or the respective lease terms, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged 
to expense as incurred and the cost of major renewals and betterments are capitalized.  

Intangible Assets  

Identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized over the estimated lives of the intangibles using a method 
that  approximates  the  amount  of  economic  benefits  that  are  realized  by  the  Company.  Identifiable  intangible  assets  are 
reviewed for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the 
assets may not be recoverable.  

Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Collateral  

Assets in control of the Company or acquired through foreclosure or repossession are held for sale and are initially recorded 
at fair value less cost to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded 
investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated cost to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance 
for loan losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through 
the use of a valuation allowance or through a direct write-off. Subsequent increases in the fair value may only be recorded to 
the extent of any previously recognized valuation allowance. Rental revenue received and gains and losses recognized on 
foreclosed assets is included in other noninterest income, whereas operating expenses and changes in the valuation allowance 
relating to foreclosed assets are included in other noninterest expense.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in 
business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-
lived asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment 
exists. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses 
on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.  

Bank-Owned Life Insurance  

Increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies, as well as death benefits received net of any cash surrender 
value, are recorded in other noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash surrender value of the policies 
not previously endorsed to participants are recorded as assets of the Company. Any amounts owed to participants relating to 
these policies are recorded as liabilities of the Company. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers 
prior to the purchase of life insurance policies and no less than annually thereafter.  

Income Taxes  

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the 
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is 
recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties assessed 
on uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.  

63 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Stock-Based Compensation  

The Company's stock-based compensation plans provide for awards of stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based 
compensation to directors, officers and employees. The cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity 
instruments is based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service 
period  as  a  component of  compensation  expense. For  awards  with  graded-vesting,  compensation  cost  is  recognized on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  for  the  entire  award.  The  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  model  to 
estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used 
for restricted stock awards.  

Comprehensive Income  

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) 
includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on 
debt securities, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges and deferred gains on hedge accounting transactions.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula 
under which earnings per share is calculated from common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared 
and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under this method, all earnings distributed and undistributed, are allocated 
to participating securities and common shares based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Unvested share-based 
payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities (i.e. unvested restricted 
stock), not subject to performance based measures. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available 
to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  (inclusive  of  participating 
securities). Diluted earnings per share have been calculated in a manner similar to that of basic earnings per share except that 
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is increased to include the number of additional common shares 
that would have been outstanding if all potentially dilutive common shares (such as those resulting from the exercise of stock 
options or the attainment of performance measures) were issued during the period, computed using the treasury stock method.  

Derivatives  

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company's financial statements. The accounting for changes in the fair 
value  of  a  derivative  instrument  is  determined  by  whether  it  has  been  designated  and  qualifies  as  part  of  a  hedging 
relationship, and further, by the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify 
as hedging instruments, the Company designates the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as either a 
fair  value  hedge  or  a  cash  flow  hedge.  For  derivative  instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  a  cash  flow  hedge 
(i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective 
portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of 
related tax, and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transactions affect earnings. 
The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash 
flows  of  the  hedged  item  (i.e.,  the  ineffective  portion),  if  any,  is  recognized  in  current  earnings  during  the  period.  For 
derivative instruments designated and qualifying as a fair value hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value 
of an asset or liability or an identified portion thereof that is attributable to the hedged risk), the gain or loss on the derivative 
instrument, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current 
earnings during the period of the change in fair values. At the inception of a hedge, the Company documents certain items, 
including but not limited to the following: the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, Company risk 
management objectives, hedging strategies, and the evaluation of hedge transaction effectiveness. Documentation includes 
linking all derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to 
specific forecasted transactions.  

Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (1) a derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in 
the fair value or cash flow of a hedged item, (2) a derivative expires or is sold, (3) a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, 
because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur, or (4) it is determined that designation of a derivative as a hedge 
is no longer appropriate. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss on the derivative 
is recognized in current earnings during the period of change.  

64 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Transfer of Financial Assets  

Transfers  of  financial  assets  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  assets  has  been  surrendered.  Control  over 
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee 
obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred 
assets,  and  (3)  the  Company  does  not  maintain  effective  control  over  the  transferred  assets.  There  are  no  agreements  to 
repurchase before their maturity.  

Transfers of a portion of a loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest. If it does not meet the criteria of a participating 
interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing. In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, 
all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, and 
the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder 
has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan. 

The Company sells financial assets in the normal course of business, the majority of which are related to the SBA-guaranteed 
portion of loans, as well as residential mortgage loan sales through established programs, commercial loan sales through 
participation agreements, and other individual or portfolio loan and securities sales. In accordance with accounting guidance 
for asset transfers, the Company considers any ongoing involvement with transferred assets in determining whether the assets 
can be derecognized from the balance sheet. With the exception of servicing and certain performance-based guarantees, the 
Company's  continuing  involvement  with  financial  assets  sold  is  minimal  and  generally  limited  to  market  customary 
representation and warranty clauses.  

When the Company sells financial assets, it may retain servicing rights and/or other interests in the financial assets. The gain 
or loss on sale depends on the previous carrying amount of the transferred financial assets, the servicing right recognized, 
and the consideration received and any liabilities incurred in exchange for the transferred assets. Upon transfer, any servicing 
assets and other interests held by the Company are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  

Segment Reporting  

All of the Company's operations are considered by management to be one operating segment.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles 
for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer 
of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be 
entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: 
(i)  identify  the  contract(s)  with  a  customer,  (ii)  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  (iii)  determine  the 
transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognize revenue 
when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
606)  (“ASU  2015-14”)  was  issued  in  August  2015  which  defers  adoption  to  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2017. The timing of the Company’s revenue recognition is not expected to materially change. The Company’s 
largest portions of revenue, interest and fees on loans and gain on sales of loans, are specifically excluded from the scope of 
the  guidance,  and  the  Company  currently  recognizes  the  majority  of  the  remaining  revenue  sources  in  a  manner  that 
management believes is consistent with the new guidance. Because of this, management believes that revenue recognized 
under the new guidance will generally approximate revenue recognized under current GAAP. These observations are subject 
to change as the evaluation is completed. 

In  January  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-01,  Financial  Instruments—Overall  (Subtopic  825-10):  Recognition  and 
Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). This guidance changes how entities account 
for equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method of accounting. 
Entities will be required to measure these investments at fair value at the end of each reporting period and recognize changes 
in  fair  value  in  net  income.  A  practicability  exception  will  be  available  for  equity  investments  that  do  not  have  readily 
determinable fair values; however, the exception requires the Company to adjust the carrying amount for impairment and 
observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. This guidance 
also changes certain disclosure requirements and other aspects of current US GAAP. This guidance is effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within the fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted for 

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
only one of the six amendments. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-01 on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The new guidance establishes the 
principles to report transparent and economically neutral information about the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. 
Entities will be required to recognize the lease assets and lease liabilities that arise from leases in the statement of financial 
position and to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about lease transactions, such as information about variable 
lease payments and options to renew and terminate leases. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2018, including interim periods within the fiscal year. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of 
ASU 2016-02 to determine the potential impact it will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company’s assets 
and liabilities will increase based on the present value of the remaining lease payments for leases in place at the adoption 
date; however, this is not expected to be material to the Company’s results of operations. 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-05,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  Effect  of  Derivative  Contract 
Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (“ASU 2016-05”). The new guidance clarifies that a change in the 
counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and 
of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be 
met. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal 
years. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-09,  Compensation—Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718):  Improvements  to 
Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting  (“ASU  2016-09”).  The  new  guidance  simplifies  several  aspects  of  the 
accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either 
equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Entities will be required to recognize the income tax 
effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled. This guidance is effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this guidance is not 
expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) (“ASU 2016-13”). This 
guidance is intended to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit 
losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To 
achieve this objective, the amendments in this guidance replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current US 
GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable 
and  supportable  information  to  inform  credit  loss  estimates.  This  ASU  will  be  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2019. Early adoption is available as of the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is 
evaluating the provisions of the guidance, and will closely monitor developments and additional guidance to determine the 
potential  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  Management  is  in  the  process  of  identifying  the 
methodologies and the additional data requirements necessary to implement the guidance and plans to engage an existing 
third party service provider to assist in implementation. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) (“ASU 2016-15”). This guidance 
clarifies and provides guidance on several cash receipt and cash payment classification issues, including debt prepayment 
and  extinguishment  costs,  settlement  of  zero-coupon  debt  instruments,  contingent  consideration  payments  made  after  a 
business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned 
life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, 
beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance 
principle. The amendments in this guidance are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. 
The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) (“ASU 2016-18”). This guidance 
requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts 
generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash 
and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period 
and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this guidance are effective for 
public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. 
Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a 
significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

66 

   
  
  
  
  
  
   
In  March  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-08,  Receivables—Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Other  Costs  (Subtopic  310-20) 
(“ASU  2017-08”).  This  guidance  amends  the  amortization  period  for  certain  purchased  callable  debt  securities  held  at  a 
premium,  and  shortens  the  amortization  period  for  the  premium  to  the  earliest  call  date.  Under  current  GAAP,  entities 
generally amortize the premium as an adjustment of yield over the contractual life of the instrument. The amendments in this 
guidance are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods 
within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of this guidance 
is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

2. Securities Available-for-Sale  

The following presents a summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of securities 
available for sale.  

U.S. Government agency securities .....................................   $ 
Agency mortgage-backed securities .....................................     
Other investments measured at net asset value ....................     
Total  ....................................................................................   $ 

57,401    $ 
33,523      
6,717      
97,641    $ 

   Amortized       
Cost  

   Amortized       
Cost  

June 30, 2017 

Gross 

Gross 

Unrealized      

Unrealized      

Gains 
Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 
-    $ 
-      
-      
-    $ 

(233)   $ 
(620)     
(95)     
(948)   $ 

June 30, 2016 

Gross 

Gross 

Unrealized      

Unrealized      

Gains 
Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 
98     $ 
90      
61      
249    $ 

-    $ 
(52)     
-      
(52)   $ 

Fair  
Value  

57,168   
32,903   
6,622   
96,693   

Fair  
Value  

52,046   
43,368   
5,158   
100,572   

U.S. Government agency securities .....................................   $ 
Agency mortgage-backed securities .....................................     
Other investments measured at net asset value ....................     
Total .....................................................................................   $ 

51,948     $ 
43,330       
5,097      
100,375    $ 

At June 30, 2017, the Company held no securities of any single issuer (excluding the U. S. Government and federal agencies) 
with a book value that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity.  

When securities are sold, the adjusted cost of the specific security sold is used to compute the gain or loss on sale. There were 
no securities sold during fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2016. At June 30, 2017, no investment securities were pledged as collateral to 
secure outstanding FHLBB advances.  

The following summarizes the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and 
length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. 

Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
   Value 

     Unrealized     
     Losses 

June 30, 2017 

     More than 12 Months 

Total 

Fair 
     Value 

     Unrealized     
     Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
     Value 

     Unrealized   
     Losses 

U.S. Government agency 

securities ....................................   $

57,168    $ 

(233)   $

-    $ 

-    $ 

57,168    $ 

(233) 

Agency mortgage-backed 

securities ....................................     

19,571      

(298)     

13,332      

(322)     

32,903      

(620) 

Other investments measured at net 

asset value ..................................     
Total ..............................................   $

5,115      
81,854    $ 

(95)     
(626)   $

-      
13,332    $ 

-      
(322)   $ 

5,115      
95,186    $ 

(95) 
(948) 

67 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
   Value 

     Unrealized     
     Losses 

June 30, 2016 

     More than 12 Months 

Total 

Fair 
     Value 

     Unrealized     
     Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
     Value 

     Unrealized   
     Losses 

U.S. Government agency 

securities ....................................   $ 

Agency mortgage-backed 

securities ....................................     

Other investments measured at net 

asset value ..................................     
Total ..............................................   $ 

-    $ 

-      

-      
-    $ 

-    $

-    $ 

-    $ 

-    $ 

-      

25,350      

(52)     

25,350       

-      
-    $

-      
25,350    $ 

-      
(52)   $ 

-      
25,350    $ 

-  

(52) 

-  
(52) 

There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities during the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015. 

At June 30, 2017, the Company had seven securities in a continuous loss position for greater than twelve months. At June 
30,  2017,  all  of  the  Company’s  available-for-sale  securities  were  issued  or  guaranteed  by  either  government  agencies  or 
government-sponsored enterprises. The decline in fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities at June 30, 2017 
is attributable to changes in interest rates. 

In addition to considering current trends and economic conditions that may affect the quality of individual securities within 
the Company’s investment portfolio, management of the Company also considers the Company’s ability and intent to hold 
such securities to maturity or recovery of cost. At June 30, 2017, the Company does not intend to sell and it is not more likely 
than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of its amortized cost. As such, 
management does not believe any of the Company’s available-for-sale securities are other-than-temporarily impaired at June 
30, 2017. 

The investments measured at net asset value include a fund that seeks to invest in securities either issued or guaranteed by 
the U.S. government or its agencies, as well as a fund that primarily invests in the federally guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) 
loans  that  adjust  quarterly  or  monthly  and  are  indexed  to  the  Prime  Rate.  The  underlying  composition  of  these  funds  is 
primarily  government  agencies,  other  investment-grade  investments,  or  the  guaranteed  portion  of  SBA  7(a)  loans,  as 
applicable. As of June 30, 2017, the effective duration of the fund that seeks to invest in securities either issued or guaranteed 
by the U.S. government or its agencies is 4.97 years. 

The amortized cost and fair values of available-for-sale debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below as of June 
30, 2017. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay 
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

Due within one year .........................................................................................   $ 
Due after one year through five years ..............................................................     
Due after five years through ten years ..............................................................     
Due after ten years ...........................................................................................     
Total .................................................................................................................   $ 

26,306    $ 
36,496      
10,534      
17,588      
90,924    $ 

26,225  
36,297  
10,369  
17,180  
90,071  

   Amortized Cost 

Fair Value 

(Dollars in thousands) 

68 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
3. Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Quality 

The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio is as follows on the dates indicated. 

June 30, 2017 
   Originated       Purchased      

Residential real estate ....................   $ 
Home equity ..................................     
Commercial real estate ..................     
Commercial and industrial ............     
Consumer  .....................................     

3,377    $
101      
241,724      
1,186      
-      
Total loans ................................    $  532,807    $  246,388    $

83,759    $ 
13,931      
256,280      
174,468      
4,369      

June 30, 2016 
     Originated      Purchased      

Total 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

87,136    $ 
14,032      
498,004      
175,654      
4,369      

93,391    $ 
2,559    $
18,012      
-      
189,616      
236,952      
145,758      
198      
-      
5,950      
779,195    $  452,727    $  239,709    $

95,950  
18,012  
426,568  
145,956  
5,950  
692,436  

Total loans include deferred loan origination costs, net, of $507 thousand as of June 30, 2017 and loan origination fees, net, 
of $58 thousand as of June 30, 2016. 

Loans  pledged  as  collateral  with  the  FHLBB  for  outstanding  borrowings  and  additional  borrowing  capacity  totaled 
$163.5 million and $106.2 million at June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

During the year ended June 30, 2017, the Company sold a commercial loan portfolio of $18.3 million for a net gain of $365 
thousand. 

Related Party Loans 

Certain of the Company's related parties are credit customers of the Company in the ordinary course of business. All loans 
and commitments included in such transactions are on such terms, including interest rates, repayment terms and collateral, 
as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons who are not affiliated with the Bank and do not 
involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other features unfavorable to the Bank.  

As of June 30, 2017 and 2016, the outstanding loan balances to directors, officers, principal shareholders and their associates 
were $208 thousand and $282 thousand, respectively. All loans to these related parties were current and accruing at those 
dates.  

69 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans 

The following is a summary of past due and non-accrual loans: 

30-59 
   Days 

60-89 
     Days 

June 30, 2017 

     Past Due       Past Due        
    90 Days or      90 Days or      Total 
Past 
     More-Still      More- 
     Accruing      Nonaccrual      Due 

(Dollars in thousands) 

     Total 
     Total 
     Current       Loans 

     Non- 
     Accrual    
     Loans 

Originated portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....   $ 
Home equity ..................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Commercial and 

industrial .....................     
Consumer ......................     
Total originated portfolio ..     
Purchased portfolio: 

Residential real estate 

141    $ 
49      
2,266      

-      
69      
2,525      

574    $ 
-      
-      

-      
50      
624      

and home equity .........     

-      

1,082      

Commercial and 

industrial .....................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Total purchased portfolio ..     
Total loans .................   $ 

-      
173      
173      
2,698    $ 

-      
1,997      
3,079      
3,703    $ 

-    $ 
-      
-      

-      
-      
-      

-      

-      
-      
-      
-    $ 

1,398     $ 
58       
124       

2,113    $  81,646    $  83,759    $ 
13,931      
13,824      
2,390       253,890       256,280      

107      

2,433       
32       
4,045       

2,433       172,035       174,468      
4,369      
4,218      
7,194       525,613       532,807      

151      

3,337   
58   
413   

2,600   
103   
6,511   

16       

1,098      

2,380      

3,478      

1,056   

-      

32   
-       
6,364   
2,922       
2,938       
7,452   
6,983     $  13,384    $  765,811    $  779,195    $  13,963   

1,186      
1,186      
5,092       236,632       241,724      
6,190       240,198       246,388      

30-59 
   Days 

60-89 
     Days 

June 30, 2016 

     Past Due       Past Due        
    90 Days or      90 Days or      Total 
Past 
     More-Still      More- 
     Accruing      Nonaccrual      Due 

(Dollars in thousands) 

     Total 
     Total 
     Current       Loans 

     Non- 
     Accrual    
     Loans 

Originated portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....   $ 
Home equity ..................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Commercial and 

industrial .....................     
Consumer ......................     
Total originated portfolio ..     
Purchased portfolio: 

Residential real estate  ...     
Commercial and 

industrial .....................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Total purchased portfolio ..     
Total loans .................   $ 

302    $ 
146      
132      

-      
73      
653      

910    $ 
-      
-      

-      
56      
966      

-      

-      

-      
-      
-      
653    $ 

-      
19      
19      
985    $ 

-    $ 
-      
-      

-      
-      
-      

-      

-      
-      
-      
-    $ 

1,555     $ 
48       
188       

2,767    $  90,624    $  93,391    $ 
18,012      
17,818      
194      
320       189,296       189,616      

15       
74       
1,880       

15       145,743       145,758      
5,950      
5,747      
3,499       449,228       452,727      

203      

2,613   
48   
474   

17   
163   
3,315   

-       

-      

2,559      

2,559      

1,125   

-       
3,387       
3,387       
5,267     $ 

-      

198      
198      
3,406       233,546       236,952      
3,406       236,303       239,709      
6,905    $  685,531    $  692,436    $ 

-   
3,387   
4,512   
7,827   

70 

  
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans 

The following table sets forth activity in the Company’s allowance for loan losses: 

Year Ended June 30, 2017 

  Residential     Commercial    Commercial      
Real  
Estate 

Real 
Estate 

and 

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated      Total 

Beginning balance ...............   $ 
Provision  ............................     
Recoveries ...........................     
Charge-offs ..........................     
Ending balance ....................   $ 

663    $ 
(33)     
33      
(186)     
477    $ 

1,195    $ 
1,099      
21      
(3)     
2,312    $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 
297    $ 
207      
16      
-      
520    $ 

62    $ 
54      
38      
(101)     
53    $ 

133    $ 
267      
-      
(97)     
303    $ 

Year Ended June 30, 2016 

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      
-    $ 

2,350  
1,594  
108  
(387) 
3,665  

  Residential     Commercial    Commercial      
Real  
Estate 

Real 
Estate 

and 

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated      Total 

Beginning balance ...............   $ 
Provision  ............................     
Recoveries ...........................     
Charge-offs ..........................     
Ending balance ....................   $ 

741    $ 
21      
35      
(134)     
663    $ 

694    $ 
547      
5      
(51)     
1,195    $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 
117    $ 
243      
14      
(77)     
297    $ 

35    $ 
76      
17      
(66)     
62    $ 

283    $ 
787      
-      
(937)     
133    $ 

56    $ 
(56)     
-      
-      
-    $ 

1,926  
1,618  
71  
(1,265) 
2,350  

Year Ended June 30, 2015 

  Residential     Commercial    Commercial      
Real  
Estate 

Real 
Estate 

and 

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated      Total 

Beginning balance ...............   $ 
Provision  ............................     
Recoveries ...........................     
Charge-offs ..........................     
Ending balance ....................   $ 

580    $ 
344      
24      
(207)     
741    $ 

358    $ 
335      
1      
-      
694    $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 

48    $ 
38      
34      
(3)     
117    $ 

79    $ 
(37)     
21      
(28)     
35    $ 

268    $ 
15      
-      
-      
283    $ 

34    $ 
22      
-      
-      
56    $ 

1,367  
717  
80  
(238) 
1,926  

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  by  portfolio  segment  and  impairment 
methodology. 

June 30, 2017 

  Residential     Commercial    Commercial      
Real  
Estate 

Real 
Estate 

and 

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated      Total 

Allowance for loan losses:        
Individually evaluated  ........   $ 
Collectively evaluated .........     
ASC 310-30 .........................     
Total ....................................   $ 

Loans: 
Individually evaluated .........   $ 
Collectively evaluated .........     
ASC 310-30 .........................     
Total  ...................................   $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 

252    $ 
225      
-      
477    $ 

147    $ 
2,165      
-      
2,312    $ 

149    $ 
371      
-      
520    $ 

4    $ 
49      
-      
53    $ 

-    $ 
-      
303      
303     $ 

5,676    $ 
92,014      
-      

2,694    $ 
171,774      
-      
97,690    $  256,280    $  174,468    $ 

1,759    $ 
254,521      
-      

296    $ 
4,073      

-    $ 
-      
-       246,388      
4,369    $  246,388    $ 

71 

-    $ 
-      
-      
-    $ 

552  
2,810  
303  
3,665  

-    $  10,425  
-       522,382  
-       246,388  
-    $  779,195  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  Residential     Commercial    Commercial      
Real  
Estate 

Real 
Estate 

and 

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated      Total 

June 30, 2016 

Allowance for loan losses:        
Individually evaluated  ........   $ 
Collectively evaluated .........     
ASC 310-30 .........................     
Total ....................................   $ 

386    $ 
277      
-      
663    $ 

59     $ 
1,136      
-      
1,195    $ 

2     $ 
295      
-      
297     $ 

23    $ 
39      
-      
62    $ 

-    $ 
-      
133      
133    $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Loans: 
17     $ 
Individually evaluated .........   $ 
5,039    $ 
145,741      
Collectively evaluated .........      106,364      
ASC 310-30 .........................     
-      
-      
Total  ...................................   $  111,403    $  189,616    $  145,758    $ 

1,686    $ 
187,930      
-      

362    $ 
5,588      

-    $ 
-      
-       239,709       
5,950    $  239,709    $ 

-    $ 
-      
-      
-    $ 

470  
1,747  
133  
2,350  

-    $ 
7,104  
-       445,623  
-       239,709  
-    $  692,436  

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  impaired  loans.  Loans  accounted  for  under  ASC  310-30  that  have 
performed based on cash flow and accretable yield expectations determined at date of acquisition are not considered impaired 
assets and have been excluded from the tables below.  

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

     Unpaid 
   Recorded       Principal       Related 
   Investment      Balance 

     Unpaid 
     Recorded       Principal       Related 

     Allowance      Investment      Balance 

     Allowance   

Impaired loans without a 
valuation allowance: 

Originated: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Residential real estate .............   $ 
Consumer ...............................     
Commercial real estate ...........     
Commercial and industrial .....     

4,052    $ 
250      
359      
1,870      

4,084    $ 
271      
354      
1,870      

Purchased: 

Residential real estate .............     
Commercial real estate ...........     
Commercial and industrial .....     
Total  ..........................................     

1,056      
8,696      
32      
16,315      

1,099      
11,468      
65      
19,211      

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      

-      

-      
-      

3,192    $ 
257      
451      
15      

1,125      
4,574      
-      
9,614      

3,299    $ 
282      
453      
15      

1,125      
4,886      
-      
10,060      

Impaired loans with a valuation 

allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate .............     
Consumer ...............................     
Commercial real estate ...........     
Commercial and industrial .....     

1,624      
46      
1,400      
824      

1,595      
55      
1,388      
824      

Purchased: 

Commercial real estate ...........     
Commercial and industrial .....     
Total ...........................................     
Total impaired loans ..................   $ 

3,528      
94      
7,516      
23,831    $ 

3,929      
108      
7,899      
27,110    $ 

252      
4      
147      
149      

176      
55      
783      
783    $ 

1,847      
105      
1,235      
2      

1,802      
112      
1,223      
2      

1,484      
-      
4,673      
14,287    $ 

1,812      
-      
4,951      
15,011    $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

386  
23  
59  
2  

66  
-  
536  
536  

72 

  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
       
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
 
 
The following tables set forth information regarding interest income recognized on impaired loans. 

Year Ended June 30, 
2017 

   Average Recorded      
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate ................................................................................   $ 
Consumer ..................................................................................................     
Commercial real estate ..............................................................................     
Commercial and industrial ........................................................................     

Purchased: 

Residential real estate ................................................................................     
Commercial real estate ..............................................................................     
Commercial and industrial ........................................................................     
Total  .............................................................................................................     

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate ................................................................................     
Consumer ..................................................................................................     
Commercial real estate ..............................................................................     
Commercial and industrial ........................................................................     

Purchased: 

Commercial real estate ..............................................................................     
Commercial and industrial ........................................................................     
Total ..............................................................................................................     
Total impaired loans .....................................................................................   $ 

3,775    $ 
225      
454      
1,195      

1,086      
6,474      
28      
13,237      

1,798      
77      
1,219      
532      

1,636      
35      
5,297      
18,534    $ 

106  
14  
19  
33  

1  
267  
-  
440  

117  
7  
100  
13  

86  
2  
325  
765  

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

   Average 
   Recorded  
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
     Recognized      

     Average 
     Recorded  
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
     Recognized    

(Dollars in thousands) 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate ............................................   $ 
Consumer ..............................................................     
Commercial real estate ..........................................     
Commercial and industrial ....................................     

Purchased: 

Residential real estate ............................................     
Commercial real estate ..........................................     
Total  .........................................................................     

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate ............................................     
Consumer ..............................................................     
Commercial real estate ..........................................     
Commercial and industrial ....................................     

Purchased: 

2,584     $ 
255       
978       
9       

563       
6,123       
10,512       

1,984       
53       
1,056       
1       

Commercial real estate ..........................................     
Total ..........................................................................     
Total impaired loans .................................................   $ 

1,346       
4,440       
14,952     $ 

73 

151    $ 
27      
31      
-      

51      
140      
400      

96      
3      
63      
-      

83      
245      
645    $ 

1,490     $ 
226       
1,436       
1       

-       
5,265       
8,418       

1,715       
20       
1,029       
-       

1,549       
4,313       
12,731     $ 

92  
80  
71  
1  

-  
249  
493  

87  
17  
59  
-  

41  
204  
697  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
Credit Quality 

The  Company  utilizes  a  ten-point  internal  loan  rating  system  for  commercial  real  estate,  construction,  commercial  and 
industrial, and certain residential loans as follows: 

Loans rated 1-6: Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans. Loans in categories 1-5 are considered to have 
low to average risk. Loans rated 6 are considered marginally acceptable business credits and have more than average risk. 

Loans rated 7: Loans in this category are considered “special mention.” These loans show signs of potential weakness and 
are being closely monitored by management. 

Loans  rated  8:  Loans  in  this  category  are  considered  “substandard.”  Loans  classified  as  substandard  are  inadequately 
protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified 
have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly repayment of the debt. 

Loans rated 9: Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent 
in  one  graded  8  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the  basis  of 
currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. 

Loans rated 10: Loans in this category are considered “loss” and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not 
warranted.  

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the credit quality and ratings of all loans subject 
to risk ratings. Semi-annually, the Company engages an independent third-party to review a significant portion of loans within 
these segments. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process. Risk ratings on purchased 
loans, with and without evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition, are determined relative to the Company’s recorded 
investment in that loan, which may be significantly lower than the loan’s unpaid principal balance. 

The following tables present the Company’s loans by risk rating. 

June 30, 2017 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Originated Portfolio 
Commercial  
and Industrial 

Pass (1- 6) ..........................................   $ 
Special mention (7) ...........................     
Substandard (8) .................................     
Doubtful (9) .......................................     
Loss (10) ...........................................     
Total ..................................................   $ 

253,041    $ 
2,686      
554      
-      
-      
256,281    $ 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Originated Portfolio 
Commercial  
and Industrial 

Pass (1- 6) ..........................................   $ 
Special mention (7) ...........................     
Substandard (8) .................................     
Doubtful (9) .......................................     
Loss (10) ...........................................     
Total ..................................................   $ 

186,165    $ 
2,493      
958      
-      
-      
189,616    $ 

Residential  
Real Estate(1)    
(Dollars in thousands) 
10,039    $ 
71      
803      
19      
-      
10,932    $ 

171,160     $ 
2,483       
825       
-       
-       
174,468     $ 

June 30, 2016 

Residential  
Real Estate(1)    
(Dollars in thousands) 
7,659    $ 
431      
537      
23      
-      
8,650    $ 

142,451     $ 
3,290       
17       
-       
-       
145,758     $ 

Purchased 
Portfolio 

Total 

229,980    $ 
9,622      
6,786      
-      
-      
246,388    $ 

664,220  
14,862  
8,968  
19  
-  
688,069  

Purchased 
Portfolio 

Total 

227,895    $ 
7,147      
4,667      
-      
-      
239,709    $ 

564,170  
13,361  
6,179  
23  
-  
583,733  

(1)  Certain loans made for commercial purposes, but secured by residential collateral, are rated under the Company’s

risk-rating system.   

74 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings 

The following table shows the Company’s post-modification balance of TDRs by type of modification. 

   Number of 
Contracts 

Extended maturity ........................................     
Adjusted interest rate ....................................     
Rate and maturity  ........................................     
Principal deferment ......................................     
Court ordered concession .............................     
Total .............................................................     

Year Ended June 30, 

Recorded 
Investment 

     Number of 
Contracts 

(Dollars in thousands) 

4,537      
424      
1,317      
1,978      
-      
8,256      

2017 

9     $ 
6       
5       
3       
-       
23     $ 

2016 

-    $ 
4      
9      
-      
-      
13    $ 

Recorded 
Investment 

-  
129  
1,297  
-  
-  
1,426  

The  following  table  shows  loans  modified  in  a  TDR  and  the  change  in  the  recorded  investment  subsequent  to  the 
modifications.  

Year Ended June 30, 

2017 

     Recorded 

     Recorded  

Investment       

Investment       

   Number of 
Contracts 

Pre-
Modification 

Post-
Modification 

     Number of 
Contracts 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2016 

     Recorded 

     Recorded  

Investment       

Investment     

Pre-
Modification 

Post-
Modification 

Originated 
portfolio: 
Residential real 

estate .................     
Home equity ........     
Commercial real 

estate .................     

Commercial and 

industrial ...........     
Consumer ............     

Total originated 

portfolio ..............     

Purchased 
portfolio: 
Commercial real 
estate .................     
Commercial and 
industrial ...........     

Total purchased 

portfolio ..............     
Total  .....................     

9    $ 
-      

2      

2      
-      

964    $ 
-      

1,084      
-      

195      

195      

1,867      
-      

1,937      
-      

9    $ 
-      

1      

1      
1      

502    $ 
-      

154      

2      
19      

13      

3,026      

3,216      

12      

677      

533  
-  

154  

2  
19  

708  

9      

1      

10      
23    $ 

4,895      

4,946      

94      

94      

4,989      
8,015    $ 

5,040      
8,256      

1      

-      

1      
13    $ 

718      

-      

718      
1,395    $ 

-  

718  

718  
1,426  

As of June 30, 2017, there were no further commitments to lend to borrowers associated with loans modified in a TDR. 

The Company considers TDRs past due 90 days or more to be in payment default. No loans modified in a TDR in the last 
twelve months defaulted during the year ended June 30, 2017, compared to one loan during the twelve months ended June 
30, 2016, with an aggregate balance of $8 thousand. 

75 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
  
 
    
 
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
ASC 310-30 Loans 

The following tables present a summary of loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 that were acquired by the Company during 
the period indicated.  

Year Ended  
June 30, 2017 

Year Ended  
June 30, 2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended  
June 30, 2015 

Contractually required payments receivable ....................   $ 
Nonaccretable difference ..................................................     
Cash flows expected to be collected .................................     
Accretable yield ...............................................................     
Fair value of loans acquired .............................................   $ 

175,274    $ 
(4,518)     
170,756      
(57,949)     
112,807    $ 

148,394    $ 
(2,050)     
146,344      
(46,345)     
99,999    $ 

128,452   
(2,042 ) 
126,410   
(43,756 ) 
82,654   

Certain of the loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 that were acquired by the Company are not accounted for using the 
income  recognition  model  because  the  Company  cannot  reasonably  estimate  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected.  When 
acquired these loans are placed on non-accrual. The carrying amounts of such loans are as follows. 

   As of and for the 

Year Ended  
June 30, 2017 

As of and for the 
Year Ended 
June 30, 2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

As of and for the 
Year Ended  
June 30, 2015 

Loans acquired during the period .....................................   $ 
Loans at end of period ......................................................     

1,850    $ 
6,582      

424    $ 
4,512      

357  
6,127  

The following tables summarize the activity in the accretable yield for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30.  

Year Ended 
June 30, 2017 

Year Ended  
June 30, 2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended June 
30, 2015 

Beginning balance ............................................................   $ 
Acquisitions .....................................................................     
Accretion ..........................................................................     
Reclassifications from non-accretable difference to 

accretable yield ..............................................................     
Disposals and other changes ............................................     
Ending balance .................................................................   $ 

124,151    $ 
57,949      
(18,468)     

6,109      
(38,544)     
131,197    $ 

111,449    $ 
46,345      
(16,900)     

7,079      
(23,822)     
124,151    $ 

109,040   
43,756   
(16,886 ) 

157   
(24,618 ) 
111,449   

The following table provides information related to the unpaid principal balance and carrying amounts of ASC 310-30 loans. 

Unpaid principal balance  ......................................................................................   $ 
Carrying amount  ...................................................................................................     

271,709    $ 
239,583      

267,985  
237,054  

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

4. Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets  

The Company sells loans in the secondary market and, for certain loans, retains the servicing responsibility. Consideration 
for the sale includes the cash received as well as the related servicing rights asset. The Company receives fees for the services 
provided. 

Capitalized servicing rights as of June 30, 2017 totaled $2.8 million, compared to $1.8 million as of June 30, 2016, and are 
classified as servicing rights, net, on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Mortgage loans sold in the year ended June 30, 2017 totaled $74.7 million, compared to $89.1 million in the year ended June 
30, 2016. Mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $10.7 million at June 30, 2017 and $12.9 million at June 30, 2016. 
Additionally, the Company was servicing commercial loans participated out to various other institutions amounting to $25.2 
million and $35.9 million at June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively. 

76 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
SBA loans sold during the year ended June 30, 2017 totaled $53.8 million, compared to $39.1 million in the year ended June 
30, 2016. SBA loans serviced for others totaled $144.4 million at June 30, 2017 and $80.8 million at June 30, 2016.  

During the year ended June 30, 2017, the Company sold a commercial loan portfolio of $18.3 million, where servicing was 
not retained. 

Mortgage and SBA loans serviced for others are accounted for as sales and therefore are not included in the accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets. The risks inherent in mortgage servicing assets and SBA servicing assets relate primarily to 
changes in prepayments that result from shifts in interest rates.  

Contractually specified servicing fees were $988 thousand, $649 thousand, and $471 thousand for the years ended June 30, 
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and were included as a component of fees for other services to customers within non-
interest income.  

The significant assumptions used in the valuation for mortgage servicing rights as of June 30, 2017 included a weighted 
average discount rate of 7.3% and a weighted average prepayment speed assumption of 14.5%. For the SBA servicing rights, 
the  significant  assumptions  used  in  the  valuation  included  a  discount  rate,  ranging  from  9.4%  to  13.6%  and  a  weighted 
average prepayment speed assumption of 7.9%. 

Residential mortgage servicing rights activity was as follows: 

June 30, 2017 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

Balance, June 30, 2014 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................     
Balance, June 30, 2015 ..........................................................................................................................      
Amortization ......................................................................................................................................     
Balance, June 30, 2016 ..........................................................................................................................      
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................     
Balance, June 30, 2017 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 

64  
(27) 
37  
(20) 
17  
(10) 
7  

SBA servicing rights activity was as follows: 

Balance, June 30, 2014 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 
Additions ...........................................................................................................................................     
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................     
Impairment ........................................................................................................................................     
Balance, June 30, 2015 ..........................................................................................................................      
Additions ...........................................................................................................................................     
Disposals ............................................................................................................................................     
Amortization ......................................................................................................................................     
Impairment ........................................................................................................................................     
Balance, June 30, 2016 ..........................................................................................................................      
Additions ...........................................................................................................................................     
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................     
Impairment ........................................................................................................................................     
Balance, June 30, 2017 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 

June 30, 2017 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

236  
940  
(80) 
(19) 
1,077  
1,230  
(38) 
(52) 
(463) 
1,754  
1,529  
(224) 
(220) 
2,839  

77 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
5. Premises and Equipment  

Premises and equipment consists of the following:  

Land  ..........................................................   $ 
Buildings  ...................................................     
Assets recorded under capital lease  ...........     
Leasehold and building improvements  ......     
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  .............     
Total ...........................................................     
Less accumulated depreciation  ..................     
Net premises and equipment  .....................   $ 

June 30, 
June 30, 
2016 
2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 
767    $ 
1,755      
1,850      
3,150      
8,274      
15,796      
8,859      
6,937    $ 

804      
1,760      
1,850    
3,452    
7,962    
15,828      
8,027      
7,801      

Estimated Useful Life 
(In years) 
n/a 
39 
Term of lease 

5 -  39 (or term of lease, if shorter) 
3 -  7 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment included in occupancy and equipment expense was $1.4 million 
for the year ended June 30, 2017, $1.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 and $1.7 million for the year ended June 30, 
2015. 

6. Intangible Assets  

At June 30, 2017 and 2016, intangible assets consisted of a core deposit intangible. The Company’s core deposit intangible 
is being amortized on an accelerated basis over 9.5 years, with an estimated remaining life of 3 years.  

The changes in the carrying amount of the core deposit intangible follow: 

June 30, 2017 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

June 30, 2014 ........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................     
June 30, 2015 ........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................     
June 30, 2016 ........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................     
June 30, 2017 ........................................................................................................................................    $ 

2,798  
(589) 
2,209  
(477) 
1,732  
(432) 
1,300  

The components of core deposit intangible follow: 

Core Deposit Intangible: 

Gross carrying amount ......................................................................................   $ 
Accumulated amortization ................................................................................     
Intangible asset, net .......................................................................................   $ 

6,348     $ 
(5,048 )     
1,300     $ 

6,348  
(4,616) 
1,732  

Expected annual amortization expense associated with the core deposit intangible over the period of estimated economic 
benefit is as follows: 

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Fiscal Year 

2018 .....................................................................................................................................................      
2019 .....................................................................................................................................................      
2020 .....................................................................................................................................................      
Total ....................................................................................................................................................    $ 

78 

Expected 
Amortization Expense   
  (Dollars in thousands)   
433  
433  
434  
1,300  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
   
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
7. Deposits 

The composition of deposits is as follows:  

Demand  ...................................................................................................................   $ 
NOW  .......................................................................................................................     
Money market  .........................................................................................................     
Regular savings  .......................................................................................................     
Time certificates of less than $100 thousand ...........................................................     
Time certificates of greater than or equal to $100 thousand ....................................     
Total deposits ...........................................................................................................   $ 

69,827     $ 
71,247       
374,569       
37,170       
65,578       
271,459       
889,850     $ 

66,686  
71,148  
275,437  
36,070  
72,190  
278,901  
800,432  

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

(Dollars in thousands) 

There were no time deposits greater than $250 thousand as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016. 

The scheduled maturities of time certificates by fiscal year are as follows: 

Fiscal Year 

June 30, 2017 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

2018 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2019 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2020 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2021 .......................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ..............................................................................................................................................      
Total ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 

219,901  
74,646  
23,540  
7,464  
11,486  
337,037  

8. Borrowings  

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances  

A summary of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston follows:  

Maturity    
By Fiscal    
Year 

2017 ...........   $  
2018 ...........     
  $ 

Unpaid Principal Balance 
2016 
2017 
2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Carrying Amount(1) 

     Weighted Average Interest Rate    

2016 

2017 

2016 

-    $  
20,000      
20,000    $ 

25,000    $  
5,000      
30,000    $ 

-    $  
20,011      
20,011    $ 

25,037      
5,038      
30,075      

-        
1.94 %     
1.94 %     

2.10% 
4.29% 
2.46% 

(1)  The difference between the carrying amount and the unpaid principal balance is the result of purchase accounting.  
The premium or discount is being amortized or accreted as interest expense over the instrument’s contractual life. 

At June 30, 2017, no FHLBB advances were subject to call provisions and as such, they may not be called prior to the stated 
maturity.  

Certain mortgage loans, free of liens, pledges and encumbrances have been pledged under a blanket agreement to secure 
these advances. The Company is required to own stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in order to borrow from 
the FHLBB.  

At June 30, 2017, the Company had approximately $67.9 million of additional capacity to borrow from the FHLBB. 

79 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
      
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Capital Lease Obligation 

In fiscal 2006, the Company recognized a capital lease obligation for its Lewiston, Maine, headquarters. The present value 
of the lease payments over fifteen years exceeded 90% of the fair value of the property.  

The outstanding capital lease obligations are as follows for years ending June 30: 

2018 ...........................................................................................................................................   $  
2019 ...........................................................................................................................................     
2020 ...........................................................................................................................................     
2021 ...........................................................................................................................................     
Total ..........................................................................................................................................     
Imputed interest  ........................................................................................................................     
Capital lease obligation  ............................................................................................................   $ 

306  
306  
306  
25  
943  
(70) 
873  

   Capital Lease Obligation 

(Dollars in thousands) 

9. Subordinated Debt  

Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debentures 

NBN Capital Trust II and NBN Capital Trust III were created in December 2003. NBN Capital Trust IV was created in 
December 2004. Each such trust is a Delaware statutory trust (together, the "Private Trusts"). The exclusive purpose of the 
Private Trusts was (i) issuing and selling common securities and preferred securities in a private placement offering (the 
"Private Trust Securities"), (ii) using the proceeds of the sale of the Private Trust Securities to acquire Junior Subordinated 
Deferrable Interest Notes ("Junior Subordinated Debentures"); and (iii) engaging only in those other activities necessary, 
convenient or incidental thereto. Accordingly, the Junior Subordinated Debentures are the sole assets of each of the Private 
Trusts.  

The following table summarizes the Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by the Company to each affiliated trust and the 
Private Trust Securities issued by each affiliated trust as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016. Amounts include the junior 
subordinated debentures acquired by the affiliated trusts from the Company with the capital contributed by the Company in 
exchange  for  the  common  securities  of  such  trust,  which  were  $93  thousand  each  for  NBN  Capital  Trust  II  and  III  and 
$310 thousand for NBN Capital Trust IV. The trust preferred securities (the "Preferred Securities") were sold in two separate 
private placement offerings. The Company has the right to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures, in whole or in part, 
on or after March 30, 2009, for NBN Capital Trust II and III, and on or after February 23, 2010, for NBN Capital Trust IV, 
at the redemption price specified in the associated Indenture, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.  

Maturity Date 

   Unpaid Principal Balance     

2017 

Carrying Amount(1) 
2016 
2016 
2017 
(Dollars in thousands) 

NBN Capital Trust II ....................................  March 30, 2034 
NBN Capital Trust III ..................................  March 30, 2034 
NBN Capital Trust IV ..................................  February 23, 2035      
  $ 

  $ 

3,093    $
3,093      
10,310      
16,496    $

3,093    $
3,093      
10,310      
16,496    $

1,901    $
1,901      
5,209      
9,011    $

1,868  
1,868  
5,083  
8,819  

(1)  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  and  the  unpaid  principal  balance  is  the  result  of  purchase
accounting.  The  premium  or  discount  is  being  amortized  or  accreted  as  interest  expense  over  the  instrument’s 
contractual life. 

NBN Capital Trust II and III pay a variable rate based on three month LIBOR plus 2.80%, and NBN Capital Trust IV pays a 
variable rate based on three month LIBOR plus 1.89%. Accordingly, the Preferred Securities of the Private Trusts currently 
pay quarterly distributions at an annual rate of 3.45% for the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security for 
NBN Capital Trust II and III and an annual rate of 2.54% for the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security 
for NBN Capital Trust IV. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of each trust. The 
guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of the Private Trust Securities, but 
only to the extent of funds held by the trusts.  

80 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Junior Subordinated Debentures each have variable rates indexed to three-month LIBOR. During the fiscal year ended 
June 30, 2015, the Company purchased two interest rate caps to hedge the interest rate risk on notional amounts of $6 million 
and $10 million, respectively, of the Company's Junior Subordinated Debentures. Each is a cash flow hedge used to manage 
the risk to net interest income in a period of rising rates.  

The  interest  rate  caps  hedge  the  junior  subordinated  debt  resulting  from  the  issuance  of  trust  preferred  securities  by  our 
affiliates NBN Capital Trust II, NBN Capital Trust III and NBN Capital Trust IV. The notional amount of $6 million and 
$10 million for each interest rate cap represents the outstanding junior subordinated debt from each trust. The strike rate is 
2.50%. The Company will recognize higher interest expense on the junior subordinated debt for the first 200 basis points 
increase in three-month LIBOR. Once the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 2.50% on a quarterly reset date, there will be a 
payment by the counterparty to the Company at the following quarter end. The effective date of the purchased interest rate 
caps were October 2014 and March 2015, respectively, and mature five years after.  

Subordinated Notes 

On June 29, 2016, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited 
investors (the “Purchasers”) whereby the Company sold and issued $15.05 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% 
fixed-to-floating subordinated notes due 2026 (the “Notes”). The Notes were issued by the Company to the Purchasers at a 
price equal to 100% of their face amount. Issuance costs were $552 thousand and have been netted against Subordinated Debt 
on the consolidated balance sheet. These costs are being amortized over five years, which represents the period from issuance 
to the first redemption date of July 1, 2021. Total amortization expense for the year ended June 30, 2017 was $110 thousand, 
with $442 thousand remaining to be amortized as of June 30, 2017.  

The Notes mature on July 1, 2026, with a fixed interest rate of 6.75% payable semiannually in arrears for five years until July 
1, 2021. Subsequently, the Company will be obligated to pay 3-month LIBOR plus 557 basis points quarterly in arrears until 
either  the  early  redemption  date  or  the  maturity  date.  The  Notes  are  not  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  any  other 
securities or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Notes are redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, 
on or after July 1, 2021 and at any time upon the occurrence of certain events. Any redemption by the Company would be at 
a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, including any accrued 
and unpaid interest.  

10. Capital and Regulatory Matters  

The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking 
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary 
actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under 
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must 
meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as 
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's and the Bank's capital amounts and classification are also 
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.  

The prompt corrective action regulations define specific capital categories based on an institution's capital ratios. The capital 
categories,  in  declining  order,  are  "well  capitalized,"  "adequately  capitalized,"  "undercapitalized,"  "significantly 
undercapitalized" and "critically undercapitalized."  

As of June 30, 2017 and 2016, the most recent notification from the Company's and the Bank's regulator categorized the 
Company and the Bank as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized 
as "well capitalized," the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum Common equity tier 1 capital, total capital, Tier 1 
capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that 
management  believes  have  changed  the  institution's  regulatory  designation  as  "well-capitalized"  under  the  regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action.  

81 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain 
minimum amounts and ratios as set forth in the table below. At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company's and the Bank's ratios 
exceeded  the  regulatory  requirements.  Management  believes  that  the  Company  and  the  Bank  met  all  capital  adequacy 
requirements to which they were subject as of June 30, 2017 and 2016. The Company's and the Bank's regulatory capital 
ratios are set forth below. 

Actual 

Minimum Capital 
Requirements 

   Amount      Ratio 

      Amount      Ratio 

      Amount      Ratio 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Minimum To Be 
Well Capitalized 
Under Prompt 
Corrective  

Action Provisions       

Minimum  
Capital Ratio 
with Capital 
Conservation 
Buffer 
Ratio 

June 30, 2017: 
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk 

weighted assets: 
Company ........................................   $123,442        16.00%  $  34,714       
Bank ...............................................     138,744        17.98%     34,727      

>4.5%  $  N/A       
>4.5%     50,162       

N/A       
>6.5%    

7.0%
7.0%

Total capital to risk weighted assets:       

Company ........................................     150,269        19.48%     61,715      
Bank ...............................................     142,447        18.46%     61,737      

>8.0%    
N/A       
N/A       
>8.0%     77,172        >10.0%    

10.5%
10.5%

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted 

assets: 
Company ........................................     131,958        17.11%     46,286      
Bank ...............................................     138,744        17.98%     46,303       

>6.0%    
N/A       
>6.0%     61,737       

N/A       
>8.0%    

Tier 1 capital to average assets: 

Company ........................................     131,958        12.81%     41,215      
Bank ...............................................     138,744        13.46%     41,238      

>4.0%    
N/A       
>4.0%     51,547       

N/A       
>5.0%    

8.5%
8.5%

4.0%
4.0%

June 30, 2016: 
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk 

weighted assets: 
Company ........................................   $126,046        17.97%  $  31,559      
Bank ...............................................     117,212        16.69%     31,611      

>4.5%  $  N/A       
>4.5%     45,660       

N/A       
>6.5%    

7.0%
7.0%

Total capital to risk weighted assets:       

Company ........................................     142,988        20.39%     56,105      
Bank ...............................................     119,971        17.08%     56,197      

>8.0%    
N/A       
N/A       
>8.0%     70,246        >10.0%    

10.5%
10.5%

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted 

assets: 
Company ........................................     126,046        17.97%     42,079      
Bank ...............................................     117,212        16.69%     42,148      

>6.0%    
N/A       
>6.0%     56,197       

N/A       
>8.0%    

Tier 1 capital to average assets: 

Company ........................................     126,046        13.27%     38,006      
Bank ...............................................     117,212        12.33%     38,022      

>4.0%    
N/A       
>4.0%     47,528       

N/A       
>5.0%    

8.5%
8.5%

4.0%
4.0%

82 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
          
  
  
 
 
In  addition  to  the  minimum  regulatory  capital  required  for  capital  adequacy  purposes  included  in  the  table  above,  the 
Company is required to maintain a capital conservation buffer, in the form of common equity, in order to avoid restrictions 
on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses. The required amount of the capital conservation buffer was 0.625% on 
January 1, 2016 and will increase by 0.625% each year until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. 

The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase, any of its capital stock from the Parent if the effect 
thereof would cause the capital of the Bank to be reduced below the capital requirements imposed by the regulatory authorities 
or if such amount exceeds the otherwise allowable amount under FRB rules.  

In  connection  with  the  Merger,  as  part  of  the  regulatory  approval  process,  the  Company  and  the  Bank  made  certain 
commitments to the Federal Reserve, the most significant of which are (i) to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10%, 
(ii) to maintain a total capital ratio of at least 15%, (iii) to limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans, (iv) to fund 100% of 
the Company's loans with core deposits (defined as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits), and (v) to 
hold  non-owner  occupied  commercial  real  estate  loans  to  within  300%  of  total  capital.  The  Company  and  the  Bank  are 
currently in compliance with all commitments to the Federal Reserve.  

11.   Earnings Per Common Share (“EPS”)  

EPS  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  allocated  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  common  shares 
outstanding. The following table shows the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the periods indicated. Shares 
issuable relative to stock options granted have been reflected as an increase in the shares outstanding used to calculate diluted 
EPS, after applying the treasury stock method. The number of shares outstanding for basic and diluted EPS is presented as 
follows:  

Year ended June 30, 
2016 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

2015 

2017 

Net income  ............................................................................   $ 

12,339    $ 

7,619     $ 

7,141  

Weighted average shares used in calculation of basic 

earnings per share ...............................................................     
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive 

8,898,448      

9,474,999       

9,980,733  

securities .........................................................................     

54,166      

9,636       

-  

Weighted average shares used in calculation of diluted 

earnings per share ............................................................     

8,952,614      

9,484,635       

9,980,733  

Earnings per common share: ..................................................   $ 
Diluted earnings per common share: ......................................   $ 

1.39    $ 
1.38    $ 

0.80     $ 
0.80     $ 

0.72  
0.72  

For the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the following stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted 
EPS due to the exercise price of these options exceeding the average market price of the Company's common stock for the 
period. These options, which were not dilutive at that date, may potentially dilute EPS in the future.  

Stock options ..............................................................      

642,641      

714,545      

1,059,721  

2017 

Year ended June 30, 
2016 

2015 

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
12.     Income Taxes  

The current and deferred components of income tax expense follows:  

Current provision  

Federal .................................................................................   $ 
State .....................................................................................     
Total current provision  ....................................................     

Deferred expense (benefit)  

Federal .................................................................................     
State .....................................................................................     
Total deferred (benefit) expense ......................................     
Total tax provision  ..........................................................   $ 

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 

7,071    $ 
1,753      
8,824      

(792)     
(233)     
(1,025)     
7,799    $ 

1,544    $ 
438      
1,982      

1,761      
361      
2,122      
4,104    $ 

4,282  
898  
5,180  

(901) 
(284) 
(1,185) 
3,995  

The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% for fiscal 2017 and 34% for fiscal 2016 and 2015, 
and the effective tax rate on income follows:  

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 

Expected income tax expense at federal tax rate  ...................   $ 
State tax, net of federal tax benefit .........................................     
Non-taxable BOLI income  ....................................................     
Low-income housing tax credit, net of adoption of ASU 

2014-01 ................................................................................     
Tax exempt interest income ...................................................     
Other ......................................................................................     
Total tax provision  .............................................................   $ 

7,048    $ 
988      
(159)     

(40)     
(76)     
38      
7,799    $ 

3,986     $ 
527       
(153 )     

(42 )     
(76 )     
(138 )     
4,104     $ 

3,786  
379  
(150) 

(42) 
(76) 
98  
3,995  

84 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The  tax  effect  of  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to  significant  portions  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax 
liabilities at June 30 follows:  

Deferred tax assets 

Allowance for loan losses .....................................................................................   $ 
Loan basis differential ..........................................................................................     
Time deposit basis differential ..............................................................................     
Capital lease ..........................................................................................................     
Compensation and benefits ...................................................................................     
Stock-based compensation ....................................................................................     
Unrealized loss on derivatives ..............................................................................     
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities ....................................................     
Interest on nonperforming loans ...........................................................................     
Other .....................................................................................................................     
Gross deferred tax asset ....................................................................................     
Less: valuation allowance ........................................................................................     
Total deferred tax assets .......................................................................................     

Deferred tax liabilities 

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities ....................................................     
Intangible assets ....................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses...................................................................................................     
Premises and equipment .......................................................................................     
Borrowings basis differential ................................................................................     
Other .....................................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax liability .................................................................................     
Net deferred tax asset ...........................................................................................   $ 

June 30, 

2017 

2016 

(Dollars in thousands) 

1,462     $ 
1,242       
-       
348       
1,425       
1,651       
640       
360       
418       
585       
8,131       
-       
8,131       

-       
519       
385       
926       
2,943       
1,135       
5,908       
2,223     $ 

899  
1,322  
2  
431  
937  
1,314  
1,243  
-  
313  
701  
7,162  
-  
7,162  

75  
662  
300  
1,239  
2,863  
677  
5,816  
1,346  

The net deferred tax asset was included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 
2016.  

In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, deferred tax assets are to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the 
weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. 
The realization of the tax benefit depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carry-back and future 
periods. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2017 will be 
realized, based upon the ability to generate future taxable income as well as the availability of current and historical taxable 
income.  

For federal tax purposes, the Company has a $2.0 million reserve for loan losses which remains subject to recapture. If any 
portion of the reserve is used for purposes other than to absorb the losses for which it was established, approximately 150% 
of the amount actually used (limited to the amount of the reserve) would be subject to taxation in the year in which used. As 
the Company intends to use the reserve only to absorb loan losses, no provision has been made for potential liability that 
would result if 100% of the reserve were recaptured.  

From time to time, the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and state tax authorities may review or challenge specific tax 
positions taken by the Company in its ordinary course of business. The Company accounts for uncertainties in income taxes 
by reserving for tax positions that may not be upheld under examination. Increases to the Company's unrealized tax positions 
occur as a result of accruing for the unrecognized tax benefit as well the accrual of interest and penalties related to prior year 
positions. Decreases in the Company's unrealized tax positions occur as a result of the statute of limitation lapsing on prior 
year positions or settlements relating to outstanding positions. The Company reserves for uncertain tax positions, as well as 
related interest and penalties, as a component of income tax expense therefore affecting the effective tax rate. The following 
is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of the Company's uncertain tax positions: 

85 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   Tax Position 

Interest and 
Penalties 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Balance, June 30, 2014 .................................................................    $ 
Reduction of tax positions for prior years ....................................      
Increase for prior year tax position ...............................................      
Increase for current year tax position ...........................................      
Balance, June 30, 2015 .................................................................    $ 
Reduction of tax positions for prior years ....................................      
Increase for prior year tax position ...............................................      
Increase for current year tax position ...........................................      
Balance, June 30, 2016 .................................................................    $ 
Reduction of tax positions for prior years ....................................      
Increase for prior year tax position ...............................................      
Increase for current year tax position ...........................................      
Balance, June 30, 2017 .................................................................    $ 

101     $ 
-      
8      
-      
109     $ 
(42)     
-      
-      
67    $ 
(67)     
-      
-      
-    $ 

12    $ 
-      
6      
-      
18    $ 
(4)     
-      
-      
14    $ 
(14)     
-      
-      
-    $ 

113  
-  
14  
-  
127   
(46) 
-  
-  
81  
(81) 
-  
-  
-  

The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the IRS and state taxing authorities for the fiscal 
2014 tax return and forward.  

13.    Employee Benefit Plans  

401(k) Plan  

The Company offers a contributory 401(k) plan that is available to all full-time salaried and hourly-paid employees who have 
attained age 18, and completed 90 days of employment. Employees may contribute up to 100% of their base compensation, 
subject to IRS limitations. The Company will match 50% of each employee's contribution up to the first 6% contributed. For 
the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company contributed $355 thousand, $331 thousand and $315 thousand, 
respectively.  

Deferred Compensation  

The Company has individual deferred compensation agreements with five former senior officers. The Company recognized 
deferred compensation expense of $31 thousand, $31 thousand and $30 thousand for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 
and 2015, respectively. At June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company's deferred compensation liability was $540 thousand, 
$541 thousand and $512 thousand, respectively.  

14.  Stock-Based Compensation  

At the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, the Company's shareholders approved the Northeast Bancorp Amended and 
Restated 2010 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Restated Plan"). The Restated Plan amends and restates the Northeast 
Bancorp 2010 Option and Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan"). The key material differences between the 2010 Plan and the 
Restated Plan are: 

●  The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the Restated Plan is increased by 600,000

shares, from 810,054 shares to 1,410,054 shares;  

●  The method by which shares subject to previously granted awards are added back to the Restated Plan has been 
revised so that the only shares added back to the Restated Plan are those subject to awards that are forfeited, canceled
or otherwise terminated. The following shares shall not be added back to the Restated Plan: (i) shares tendered or 
held back upon exercise of an option or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, and
(ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the stock
appreciation right upon exercise thereof.  

●  Minimum vesting periods are required for grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share

awards; and  

●  The term of the Restated Plan will now expire on November 28, 2022, while grants of incentive options under the 

Restated Plan may be made until September 21, 2022.  

86 

  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
A summary of stock option activity for the year ended June 30, 2017 follows:  

Shares 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price 

Outstanding at beginning of year .....................................................................     
Granted .........................................................................................................     
Exercised ......................................................................................................     
Forfeited .......................................................................................................     
Outstanding at end of year ...............................................................................     
Exercisable .......................................................................................................     

963,603    $ 
-      
(59,404)     
(13,333)      
890,866       
506,911       

12.83  
-  
13.93  
9.30  
12.81  
12.46  

     Weighted Average 

Grant Date Fair 
Value 

Shares 

Exercisable, beginning of year .........................................................................     
Vested ...........................................................................................................     
Exercised ......................................................................................................     
Forfeited or expired ......................................................................................     
Exercisable, end of year ...................................................................................     

466,385    $ 
99,930      
(59,404)     
-       
506,911       

3.48  
2.40  
3.85  
-  
3.18  

There were no options granted in the year ended June 30, 2017 or June 30, 2016.  

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is for periods within the expected life of the 
awards, and is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected life is based on expected 
exercise experience.  

During the year ended June 30, 2013, certain provisions of outstanding stock options with market-based conditions were 
modified. The options, consisting of 237,616 shares, were granted to three executives of the Company in December of 2010 
and were to vest in three equal tranches upon the Company's common stock reaching applicable hurdle prices over specified 
time periods. The applicable hurdle price varies depending on the number of years that have elapsed since the date of grant. 
With respect to the first tranche, the applicable hurdle price was $27.86 for the period from December 29, 2010 through 
December 29, 2015; $31.34 for the period from December 29, 2015 through December 29, 2016; and $34.83 for the period 
from December 29, 2016 through December 29, 2017. With respect to the second tranche, the hurdle price was $31.34 for 
the period from December 29, 2010 through December 29, 2016; and $34.83 for the period from December 29, 2016 through 
December 29, 2017. With respect to the third tranche, the hurdle price was $34.83 for the period from December 29, 2010 
through December 29, 2017.  

The Company's Compensation Committee approved amending the hurdle prices as follows:  

With  respect  to  the  first  tranche,  the  applicable  hurdle  price  is  $16.43  for  the  period  from  December  29,  2010  through 
December 28, 2015; $18.58 for the period from December 29, 2015 through December 28, 2016; and $20.77 for the period 
from December 29, 2016 through December 28, 2017. With respect to the second tranche, the hurdle price is $18.58 for the 
period from December 29, 2010 through December 28, 2016; and $20.77 for the period from December 29, 2016 through 
December 28, 2017. With respect to the third tranche, the hurdle price is $20.77 for the period from December 29, 2010 
through December 28, 2017.  

Except as modified by this amendment, all other terms and conditions of each of the outstanding performance-based stock 
options, including the option exercise price of $13.93 per share, remain in full force and effect.  

87 

   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The incremental expense resulting from the modification was calculated as the difference between the stock option’s fair 
value immediately before and after the modification using the Hull-White option pricing model and the following weighted-
average assumptions:  

Assumptions: 

3.72% 
Dividend yield ............................................................................................................................     
7.8 
Expected life (in years) ...............................................................................................................     
Expected volatility ......................................................................................................................    28.45% - 
Risk-free interest rate ..................................................................................................................    0.07% - 

32.84%    
1.54% 

Incremental weighted average fair value per option ......................................................................      

$0.52 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at June 30, 2017: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$ 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
9.30 
9.38 
9.38 
12.63 
13.93 
14.52 
12.81 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Life 

      $ 

      Number 

6,667        
195,999        
33,059        
12,500        
480,631        
162,010        
890,866        

(in years)       
0.04 
5.59 
1.50 
4.58 
3.50 
2.73 
3.74 

      $ 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic  
Value 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
9.30 
9.38 
9.38 
12.63 
13.93 
14.52 
12.46 

74       $ 
2,150         
363         
96         
3,086         
944         
6,713         

Weighted 
Average  
Remaining 
Life  

Aggregate 
Intrinsic  
Value 

      $ 

      Number 

6,667        
130,666        
33,059        
12,500        
243,015        
81,004        
506,911        

(in years)       
0.04 
5.59 
1.50 
4.58 
3.50 
2.73 
3.74 

      $ 

74  
1,433  
363  
97  
1,560  
472  
3,999  

A summary of restricted stock activity for the year ended June 30, 2017 follows: 

Unvested at beginning of period ...........................................................     
Granted ..............................................................................................     
Vested ................................................................................................     
Forfeited ............................................................................................     
Unvested at end of period ......................................................................     

251,859    $ 
170,000      
(9,473)     
(16,956)     
395,430      

9.93  
11.71  
9.33  
10.33  
10.69  

Shares 

     Weighted Average 

Grant Date Fair Value 

A summary of the vesting schedule for the shares granted in the year ended June 30, 2017 follows: 

●  15,000 restricted shares vest in full on August 25, 2019; 
●  50,000  restricted  shares  are  subject  to  performance-based  vesting  over  a  three-year  period  (the  “performance 
shares”). The performance shares include an absolute metric and a sliding metric within the performance period. The
absolute metric requires that the Company be in compliance with the regulatory commitments made to the Federal
Reserve Bank and Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions. The sliding metric is based on reaching certain thresholds
in  regards  to  the  Company’s  return  on  equity  (“ROE”).  The  performance  shares  shall  vest  in  certain  defined
increments for such periods if the ROE is at least 70% of such targeted returns. This performance will be measured
on both a year-by-year basis for three years, and an average basis over the three year performance period;  

●  95,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments, commencing on August 25, 2019; and, 
●  10,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments, commencing on May 26, 2020. 

At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company has accrued a liability of $48 thousand representing the maximum cash payment 
for performance-based stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) granted in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. The SARs expire 
in December of 2020. 

88 

  
    
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
        
        
  
        
        
        
        
  
        
        
        
        
  
        
        
        
        
  
        
        
        
        
  
        
        
        
        
  
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Stock-based compensation totaled $945 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2017, $613 thousand for the year ended June 
30, 2016, and $705 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2015. The tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expensed 
totaled $366 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2017, $215 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2016 and $253 thousand 
for the year ended June 30, 2015. The estimated amount and timing of future pre-tax stock-based compensation expense to 
be recognized are as follows. 

2018 

2019 

Stock options .........   $ 
Restricted stock  ....     
  $ 

41     $ 
955       
996     $ 

-    $ 
921      
921    $ 

Year Ended June 30, 
2020 
2021 
(Dollars in thousands) 
-    $ 
547      
547    $ 

-     $ 
290       
290     $ 

2022 

Total 

-    $ 
70      
70    $ 

41  
2,783  
2,824   

15.  Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the 
financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments 
include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements 
of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts 
of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The 
Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet 
instruments.  

Financial instruments with contract amounts which represent credit risk are as follows:  

June 30, 

2017 

2016 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Commitments to originate loans.......................................................................   $ 
Unused lines of credit  ......................................................................................     
Standby letters of credit  ...................................................................................     
Commitment to fund investment ......................................................................     

15,244    $ 
31,858      
3,400      
1,000      

44,684  
58,412  
3,822  
2,500  

Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  agreements  to  lend  to  a  customer  as  long  as  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition 
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require 
payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment 
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on 
a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is 
based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, 
inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  income-producing  commercial  properties.  The  Company  has  recorded  an 
allowance for possible losses on commitments and unfunded loans totaling $39 thousand and $81 thousand recorded in other 
liabilities at June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to 
a third party. Those guarantees are issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing 
letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. As of June 30, 2017 and 
2016,  the  maximum  potential  amount  of  the  Company's  obligation  was  $3.4  million  and  $3.8  million,  respectively,  for 
financial and standby letters of credit. The Company's outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of less than one 
year. If a letter of credit is drawn upon, the Company may seek recourse through the customer's underlying line of credit. If 
the customer's line of credit is also in default, the Company may take possession of the collateral, if any, securing the line of 
credit.  

89 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In the year ended June 30, 2016, the Company committed $2.5 million to a fund that acquires CRA qualified investments in 
loans for the Company’s portfolio. The fund manager calls the funds from the Company when an investment is successfully 
acquired. During the year ended June 30, 2017, the fund called $1.5 million from the Company. The Company has a remaining 
commitment of $1.0 million as of June 30, 2017 to a fund that invests in the federally guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans. 

Lease Obligations  

The Company leases certain properties used in operations under terms of various non-cancelable operating leases, most of 
which include renewal options. The leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses which provide for increased rental 
expense as these leases expire. Rental expense under leases totaled $1.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 
2015. 

Approximate future minimum lease payments over the remaining  terms of the Company's leases at June 30, 2017 are as 
follows:  

Minimum lease  
payments 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

2018 .......................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2019 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2020 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2021 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2022 .......................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter  .............................................................................................................................................      
Total ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 

1,263  
1,294  
1,244  
1,231  
1,255  
2,041  
8,328  

Legal Proceedings  

The Company and its subsidiary are parties to litigation and claims arising in the normal course of business. Management 
believes that the liabilities, if any, arising from such litigation and claims will not be material to the Company's consolidated 
financial position or results of operations.  

16. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

The components of other comprehensive income (loss) follows:  

   Pre-tax  
   Amount 

Year Ended June 30, 

2017 
Tax 
Expense 
(Benefit)       Amount 

     After-tax       Pre-tax  
     Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2016 
Tax 
Expense 
(Benefit)       Amount 

     After-tax    

Change in net unrealized (loss) 
gain on available-for-sale 
securities ....................................   $ 

Change in accumulated gain (loss) 

(1,145)   $ 

(434)   $ 

(711)   $ 

1,033    $ 

393     $ 

640  

on effective cash flow hedges ....     

1,550      

592      

958      

(2,032)     

(776 )     

(1,256) 

Reclassification adjustment 

included in net income ...............     

43      

16      

27      

(3)     

(1 )     

(2) 

Total derivatives and hedging 

activities .....................................     

1,593      

608      

985      

(2,035)     

(777 )     

(1,258) 

Total other comprehensive 

income (loss)  ............................   $ 

448    $ 

174    $ 

274    $ 

(1,002)   $ 

(384 )   $ 

(618) 

90 

  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pre-tax  
Amount 

Year Ended June 30, 
2015 

     Tax Expense 

(Benefit) 

(Dollars in thousands) 

After-tax 
Amount 

Change in net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities   $ 
Change in accumulated loss on effective cash flow hedges ....     
Reclassification adjustment included in net income ................     
Total derivatives and hedging activities ..................................     
Total other comprehensive loss  ..............................................   $ 

442    $ 
(529)     
(49)     
(578)     
(136)   $ 

116     $ 
(228 )     
(19 )     
(247 )     
(131 )   $ 

326  
(301) 
(30) 
(331) 
(5) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of the following components:  

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

June 30, 2015 

Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities ...........   $ 
Tax effect ............................................................................     
Net-of-tax amount ...........................................................     
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges ......................................     
Tax effect ............................................................................     
Net-of-tax amount ...........................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  ................................   $ 

(948)   $ 
360      
(588)     
(1,683)     
639      
(1,044)     
(1,632)   $ 

197    $ 
(75)     
122      
(3,276)     
1,248      
(2,028)     
(1,906)   $ 

(836) 
318  
(518) 
(1,242) 
472  
(770) 
(1,288) 

17.  Derivatives  

The Company has stand-alone derivative financial instruments in the form of interest rate caps that derive their value from a 
fee paid and are adjusted to fair value based on index and strike rate, and swap agreements that derive their value from the 
underlying interest rate. These transactions involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which 
calculations, payments and the value of the derivative are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. 
Direct credit exposure arises in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these agreements, and is limited to the 
net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any. Such differences, which represent the fair value 
of the derivative instruments, are reflected on the Company's balance sheet as derivative assets and derivative liabilities. The 
Company controls the credit risk of its financial contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures, and 
does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their obligations.  

The Company currently holds derivative instruments that contain credit-risk related features that are in a net liability position, 
which may require that collateral be assigned to dealer banks. At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company had posted cash 
collateral totaling $1.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively, with dealer banks related to derivative instruments in a net 
liability position.  

The Company does not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments. The Company does not net the amount 
recognized  for  the  right  to  reclaim  cash  collateral  against  the  obligation  to  return  cash  collateral  arising  from  derivative 
instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement.  

Risk Management Policies—Derivative Instruments  

The Company evaluates the effectiveness of entering into any derivative instrument agreement by measuring the cost of such 
an agreement in relation to the reduction in net income volatility within an assumed range of interest rates.  

Interest Rate Risk Management—Cash Flow Hedging Instruments  

The Company uses variable rate debt as a source of funds for use in the Company's lending and investment activities and 
other  general  business  purposes.  These  debt  obligations  expose  the  Company  to  variability  in  interest  payments  due  to 
changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest 
expense  decreases.  Management  believes  it  is  prudent  to  limit  the  variability  of  a  portion  of  its  interest  payments  and, 
therefore, generally hedges a portion of its variable-rate interest payments.  

91 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Information pertaining to outstanding interest rate caps and swap agreements used to hedge junior subordinated debt and 
FHLBB advances is as follows: 

Notional  
Amount 

Inception 
Date 

Termination  
Date 

Index 

Receive  
Rate 

Pay  
Rate 

Strike  
Rate 

Unrealized  
Loss 

Fair Value 

Balance 
Sheet  
Location 

June 30, 2017 

Interest rate swaps: 
5,000   
$ 

July 2013   

July 2033   3 Mo. LIBOR      

1.30%      

3.38%      

n/a       $ 

(666)    $  

(Dollars in thousands) 

5,000   

July 2013   

July 2028   3 Mo. LIBOR      

1.30%      

3.23%      

n/a         

(471)      

5,000   

July 2013   

July 2023   3 Mo. LIBOR      

1.30%      

2.77%      

n/a         

(218)      

(666) 

(471) 

(218) 

Other 
Liabilities 
Other 
Liabilities 
Other 
Liabilities 

Interest rate caps: 

6,000    October 2014    September 2019   3 Mo. LIBOR      
February 2020  3 Mo. LIBOR      

10,000    March 2015  
31,000      

$ 

n/a         
n/a         

n/a         
n/a         

2.50 %      
2.50 %      
        $ 

(142)      
(186)      
(1,683)    $ 

4   Other Assets 
14   Other Assets 

(1,337)   

June 30, 2016 

Notional  
Amount 

Inception  
Date 

Termination 
Date 

Index 

Receive 
Rate 

Pay  
Rate 

Strike 
Rate 

Unrealized  
Loss 

Fair Value 

Interest rate swaps: 
5,000  
$ 

July 2013   

July 2033   3 Mo. LIBOR      

0.65 %      

3.38%      

n/a      $ 

(1,352)    $ 

(1,352) 

(Dollars in thousands) 

5,000  

July 2013   

July 2028   3 Mo. LIBOR      

0.65 %      

3.23%      

n/a        

(1,005)      

(1,005) 

5,000  

July 2013   

July 2023   3 Mo. LIBOR      

0.65 %      

2.77%      

n/a        

(560)      

(560) 

Balance 
Sheet  
Location 

Other 
Liabilities  
Other 
Liabilities  
Other 
Liabilities  

Interest rate caps: 

6,000   October 2014    September 2019  3 Mo. LIBOR      
February 2020  3 Mo. LIBOR     

10,000   March 2015  
31,000     

$ 

n/a         
n/a         

n/a         
n/a        

2.50%      
2.50%      
       $ 

(167)      
(192)      
(3,276)    $ 

10   Other Assets 
25   Other Assets 

(2,882)   

During the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, no interest rate cap or swap agreements were terminated prior to 
maturity. Changes in the fair value of interest rate caps and swaps designated as hedging instruments of the variability of 
cash flows associated with variable rate debt are reported in other comprehensive income. These amounts subsequently are 
reclassified into interest expense as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the debt affects 
earnings. Risk management results for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 related to the balance sheet hedging of 
variable rate debt indicates that the hedges were effective.  

During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  amounts  recognized  in  income  related  to  hedge  ineffectiveness  resulted  from 
amortization of the non-zero fair value associated with the Company's single interest rate swap held at the time of the merger 
with FHB Formation LLC in December 2010. Amounts recognized in income related to amounts excluded from effectiveness 
testing resulted from amortization of the acquisition price of interest rate caps. For the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, 
amounts  recognized  in  income  related  to  the  amortization  of  the  interest  rate  caps.  The  table  below  presents  amounts 
recognized in income related to interest rate cap amortization, hedge ineffectiveness and amounts excluded from effectiveness 
testing.  

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 

Interest income (expense): 
Interest rate caps ........................................................................................   $ 
Interest rate swap .......................................................................................     
Total ..........................................................................................................   $ 

(43)   $ 
-      
(43)   $ 

3    $ 
-      
3    $ 

(15) 
64  
49  

The Company does not expect to record interest income or interest expense related to interest rate swap or interest rate cap 
ineffectiveness in the next twelve months.  

92 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
        
           
           
           
           
     
  
  
  
     
        
           
           
           
           
     
  
  
     
     
     
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
        
           
           
           
           
     
  
  
  
     
        
           
           
           
           
     
  
  
     
     
     
          
         
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
18.  Fair Value Measurements  

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction (that is, 
not  a  forced  liquidation  or  distressed  sale)  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  under  current  market 
conditions. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of 
market  dislocation.  In  periods  of  market  dislocation,  the  observability  of  prices  and  inputs  may  be  reduced  for  many 
instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from one level to another. When market assumptions 
are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing 
the asset or liability at the measurement date. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for 
the asset or liability, regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement remains the 
same. 

ASC 820 defines fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to 
measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets 
or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels 
of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below: 

Level 1 — Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting 
entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.  

Level 2 — Valuations based on significant observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar 
assets  or  liabilities;  quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be 
corroborated by observable market data. 

Level  3  —  Prices  or  valuations  that  require  inputs  that  are  both  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  and 
unobservable. 

To  the  extent  that  valuation  is  based  on  models  or  inputs  that  are  less  observable  or  unobservable  in  the  market,  the 
determination  of  fair  value  requires  more  judgment.  Accordingly,  the  degree  of  judgment  exercised  by  the  Company  in 
determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value 
hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

Valuation techniques - There have been no changes in the valuation techniques used during the current period. 

Transfers - There were no transfers of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis during 
the current period. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis: 

Available-for-sale securities - Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within 
Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Examples of such instruments include publicly-traded common and preferred 
stocks. If quoted prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models ( i.e., matrix pricing) 
and market interest rates and credit assumptions or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and are 
classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Examples of such instruments include government agency and 
government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities, as well as certain preferred and trust preferred stocks. 
Level 3 securities are securities for which significant unobservable inputs are utilized. 

Certain investments are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share as a practical expedient. These 
investments include a fund that seeks to invest in securities either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or 
its agencies, as well as a fund that primarily invests in the federally guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans. The 
Company’s  investment  in  securities  either  issued  or  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  government  or  its  agencies  can  be 
redeemed  daily  at  the  closing  net  asset  value  per  share.  The  Company’s  investment  in  SBA  7(a)  loans  can  be 
redeemed  quarterly  with  sixty  days’  notice.  In  accordance  with  ASU  2015-07,  these  investments  have  not  been 
included in the fair value hierarchy. 

93 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Derivative financial instruments - The valuation of the Company’s interest rate swaps and caps are determined using 
widely  accepted  valuation  techniques  including  discounted  cash  flow  analyses  on  the  expected  cash  flows  of 
derivatives. These analyses reflect the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and use 
observable market-based inputs, including forward interest rate curves and implied volatilities. Unobservable inputs, 
such as credit valuation adjustments are insignificant to the overall valuation of the Company’s derivative financial 
instruments. Accordingly, the Company has determined that its interest rate derivatives fall within Level 2 of the 
fair value hierarchy. 

The fair value of derivative loan commitments and forward loan sale agreements are estimated using the anticipated 
market price based on pricing indications provided from syndicate banks. These commitments and agreements are 
categorized as Level 2. The fair value of such instruments was nominal at each date presented. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis: 

Collateral  dependent  impaired  loans - Valuations  of  impaired  loans  measured  at fair  value  are  determined by a 
review of collateral values. Certain inputs used in appraisals are not always observable, and therefore impaired loans 
are generally categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. 

Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral - The fair values of real estate owned and other repossessed 
collateral are estimated based upon appraised values less estimated costs to sell. Certain inputs used in appraisals 
are not always observable, and therefore may be categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. When inputs 
used in appraisals are primarily observable, they are classified as Level 2.  

Loan servicing rights - The fair value of the SBA and mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model that 
calculates  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  net  servicing  income.  Adjustments  are  only  recorded  when  the 
discounted cash flows derived from the valuation model are less than the carrying value of the asset. Certain inputs 
are not observable, and therefore loan servicing rights are generally categorized as Level 3 within the fair value 
hierarchy. 

Fair Value of other Financial Instruments: 

Cash and cash equivalents - The fair value of cash, due from banks, interest bearing deposits and Federal Home 
Loan Bank of Boston overnight deposits approximates their relative book values, as these financial instruments have 
short maturities. 

FHLBB stock - The carrying value of FHLBB stock approximates fair value based on redemption provisions of the 
FHLBB. 

Loans-  Fair  values  are  estimated  for  portfolios  of  loans  with  similar  financial  characteristics.  The  fair  value  of 
performing loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated 
market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. The estimates of maturity are 
based on the Company’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, 
by  an  estimate  of  the  effect  of  current  economic  conditions,  lending  conditions  and  the  effects  of  estimated 
prepayments. 

Loans held for sale - The fair value of loans held-for-sale is estimated based on bid quotations received from loan 
dealers. 

Interest  receivable  -  The  fair  value  of  this  financial  instrument  approximates  the  book  value  as  this  financial 
instrument has a short maturity. It is the Company’s policy to stop accruing interest on loans past due by more than 
90 days. Therefore, this financial instrument has been adjusted for estimated credit losses. 

Deposits - The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, 
NOW accounts  and  money market  accounts,  is  equal  to the  amount  payable  on  demand.  The  fair value of  time 
deposits are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates 
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value estimates do not include the benefit 
that results from the low-cost funding provided by the deposit liabilities compared to the cost of borrowing funds in 
the market. If that value were considered, the fair value of the Company’s net assets could increase. 

94 

  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
FHLBB  advances,  capital  lease  obligations  and  subordinated  debentures  -  The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s 
borrowings with the FHLBB is estimated by discounting the cash flows through maturity or the next re-pricing date 
based  on  current  rates  available  to  the  Company  for  borrowings  with  similar  maturities.  The  fair  value  of  the 
Company’s  capital  lease  obligations  and  subordinated  debentures  are  estimated  by  discounting  the  cash  flows 
through maturity based on current rates available to the Company for borrowings with similar maturities. 

Off-Balance  Sheet  Credit-Related  Instruments  -  Fair  values  for  off-balance-sheet,  credit-related  financial 
instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining 
terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of such instruments was nominal at 
each date presented. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below.  

Assets 
Securities available-for-sale: 

June 30, 2017 

Total 

     Level 1 

     Level 2 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Level 3 

U.S. Government agency securities ..................................   $ 
Agency mortgage-backed securities .................................     
Other investments measured at net asset value(1) ..............     
Other assets – interest rate caps ............................................     
Liabilities 
Other liabilities – interest rate swaps ...................................     

57,168    $ 
32,903      
6,622      
18      

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      

57,168    $ 
32,903      
-      
18      

1,355      

-      

1,355      

Assets 
Securities available-for-sale: 

June 30, 2016 

Total 

     Level 1 

     Level 2 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Level 3 

U.S. Government agency securities ..................................   $ 
Agency mortgage-backed securities .................................     
Other investments measured at net asset value(1) ..............     
Other assets – interest rate caps ............................................     
Liabilities 
Other liabilities – interest rate swap .....................................     

52,046    $ 
43,368      
5,158      
35      

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      

52,046    $ 
43,368      
-      
35      

2,917      

-      

2,917      

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  

(1)  In accordance with ASU 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share
(or its equivalent) as a practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amount
presented  in  the  table  is  intended  to  permit  reconciliation  of  the  fair  value  amount  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements. 

Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are summarized below. 

June 30, 2017 

Total 

     Level 1 

Collateral dependent impaired loans .....................................   $ 
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral ..............     
Loan servicing rights .............................................................     

1,011    $ 
826      
2,846      

     Level 2 
(Dollars in thousands) 
-    $ 
-      
-      

June 30, 2016 

     Level 2 
(Dollars in thousands) 
-    $ 
-      
-      

     Level 3 

-    $
-      
-      

1,011  
826  
2,846  

     Level 3 

-    $
-      
-      

922  
1,652  
1,771  

Total 

     Level 1 

Collateral dependent impaired loans .....................................   $ 
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral ..............     
Loan servicing rights .............................................................     

922    $ 
1,652      
1,771      

95 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The table below presents quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for assets measured at fair 
value on a nonrecurring basis at the dates indicated.  

Fair Value  

June 30, 
June 30,  
2017 
2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Valuation Technique  

Collateral dependent impaired loans .................................   $ 
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral ..........     
Loan servicing rights .........................................................     

1,011    $ 
826      
2,846      

922   
1,652   
1,771   

Appraisal of collateral(1) 
Appraisal of collateral(1) 
Discounted cash flow(2) 

(1)   Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral. The Company may also 
use another available source of collateral assessment to determine a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the collateral. 
Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic factors and estimated liquidation 
expenses. The range of these possible adjustments was 6% to 71%. 

(2)   Fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow model. The unobservable inputs include anticipated rate of loan 
prepayments and discount rates. The range of prepayment assumptions used was 3.8% to 14.5%. For discount rates, the 
range was 6.3% to 13.6%.  

The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments. 

   Carrying 
   Amount 

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2017 

Total 

     Level 1 

     Level 2 

Level 3 

(Dollars in thousands) 

163,283    $ 
90,071      

163,283    $ 
90,071      

163,283    $ 
-      

-     $ 
90,071       

-  
-  

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-       
1,938       
4,699       
-       
2,111       
18       

-  
-  
-  
776,579  
-  
-  

889,877       
20,057       
918       
-       
1,355       

-  
-  
-  
25,677  
-  

Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents ...........................  $ 
Available-for-sale securities ........................    
Other investments measured at net asset 

value(1) .......................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank stock ..................    
Loans held for sale ......................................    
Loans, net ....................................................    
Accrued interest receivable .........................    
Interest rate caps ..........................................    

6,622      
1,938      
4,699      
775,530      
2,111      
18      

6,622      
1,938      
4,699      
776,579      
2,111      
18      

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits .......................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank advances ............    
Capital lease obligation ...............................    
Subordinated debt ........................................    
Interest rate swaps .......................................    

889,850      
20,011      
873      
23,620      
1,355      

889,877      
20,057      
918      
25,677      
1,355      

96 

  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
 
 
   Carrying 
   Amount 

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2016 

Total 

     Level 1 

     Level 2 

Level 3 

(Dollars in thousands) 

151,157     $ 
95,414       

151,157     $ 
95,414       

151,157     $ 
-       

-    $ 
95,414      

-  
-  

Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents ...........................   $ 
Available-for-sale securities ........................     
Other investments measured at net asset 

value(1) .......................................................     
Federal Home Loan Bank stock ..................     
Loans held for sale ......................................     
Loans, net ....................................................     
Accrued interest receivable .........................     
Interest rate caps ..........................................     

5,158       
2,408       
7,519       
690,086       
1,579       
35       

5,158       
2,408       
7,519       
695,830       
1,579       
35       

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits .......................................................     
Federal Home Loan Bank advances ............     
Capital lease obligation ...............................     
Subordinated debt ........................................     
Interest rate swaps .......................................     

800,432       
30,075       
1,128       
23,331       
2,917       

801,045       
30,396       
1,219       
25,664       
2,917       

-       
-       
-       
-       
-       
-       

-       
-       
-       
-       
-       

-      
2,408      
7,519      
-      
1,579      
35      

-  
-  
-  
695,830  
-  
-  

801,045      
30,396      
1,219      
-      
2,917      

-  
-  
-  
25,664  
-  

(1)  In accordance with ASU 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per
share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value
amount  presented  in  the  table  is  intended  to  permit  reconciliation  of  the  fair  value  amount  to  the  consolidated
financial statements. 

19. Condensed Parent Information  

Condensed financial information for Northeast Bancorp follows:  

Balance Sheets 
Assets: 
Cash  .................................................................................................................   $ 
Investment in subsidiary  ..................................................................................     
Investment in common securities of affiliated trusts  .......................................     
Other assets  .....................................................................................................     
Total assets  ..................................................................................................   $ 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Subordinated debt  ............................................................................................   $ 
Other liabilities  ................................................................................................     
Total liabilities  .............................................................................................     
Shareholders’ equity  ....................................................................................     
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity  .....................................................   $ 

June 30, 2017 

June 30, 2016 

(Dollars in thousands) 

8,165    $ 
138,920      
496      
193      
147,774    $ 

23,620    $ 
1,357      
24,977      
122,797      
147,774    $ 

24,528  
117,228  
496  
226  
142,478  

23,331  
2,556  
25,887  
116,591  
142,478  

97 

  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
       
        
  
       
        
  
  
       
        
  
       
        
  
  
 
 
Statements of Income 
Income: 
Other income  ......................................................................................   $ 
Expenses: 
Interest expense  ..................................................................................     
Noninterest expense  ...........................................................................     
Total expense ...................................................................................     
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net 

income of subsidiary  ................................................................     
Income tax benefit  ..............................................................................     
Loss before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary  .....     
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary  ...............................     
Net income  ..................................................................................   $ 

Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating activities: 
Net income  ........................................................................................... $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by 

operating activities: 

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 

563    $ 

62    $ 

14  

1,888      
1,324      
3,212      

(2,649)     
(1,548)     
(1,101)     
13,440      
12,339    $ 

651      
954      
1,605      

(1,543)     
(579)     
(964)     
8,583      
7,619    $ 

718  
1,128  
1,846  

(1,832) 
(684) 
(1,148) 
8,289  
7,141  

2017 

Year Ended June 30, 
2016 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 

12,339  $ 

7,619  $ 

7,141  

Amortization of fair value adjustment for borrowings  .........................   
Stock-based compensation ....................................................................   
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary  ....................................................   
(Decrease) increase in other assets and liabilities .................................   
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  .............................   

289    
945    
(13,440)   
(1,144)   
(1,011)   

193    
613    
(8,583)   
673    
515    

186  
705  
(8,289) 
1,029  
772  

Investing activities: 
Increase in investment of bank subsidiary  ............................................   
Net cash used in investing activities  .....................................................   

-    
-    

-    
-    

-  
-  

Financing activities: 
Capital contribution  ..............................................................................   
Issuance of subordinated debt, net of debt issuance costs  ....................   
Taxes paid for retirement of common stock ..........................................   
Repurchase of common stock ...............................................................   
Dividends paid to shareholders  ............................................................   
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  .............................   

Net (decrease) increase in cash  ............................................................   
Cash, beginning of year  ........................................................................   
Cash, end of year ................................................................................... $ 

(8,000)   
-    
(52)   
(6,943)   
(357)   
(15,352)   

(16,363)   
24,528    
8,165  $ 

-    
14,512    
(11)   
(3,359)   
(380)   
10,762    

11,277    
13,251    
24,528  $ 

-  
-  
-  
(6,666) 
(402) 
(7,068) 

(6,296) 
19,547  
13,251  

98 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
      
  
    
      
      
  
    
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
  
    
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
  
    
      
      
  
  
    
      
      
  
  
  
 
 
2017 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

20.  Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)  

(Dollars in thousands, except share data) 
Interest and dividend income ...............................................   $ 
Interest expense ....................................................................     
Net interest income ...........................................................     
Provision for loan losses ......................................................     
Net interest income after provision for loan losses ...........     

Non-interest income .............................................................     
Non-interest expense ............................................................     
Income before income tax expense ...................................     
Income tax expense ..............................................................     
Net income ........................................................................   $ 

12,257    $ 
2,482      
9,775      
193      
9,582      

1,808      
8,626      
2,764      
1,013      
1,751    $ 

Basic earnings per share .......................................................   $ 
Diluted earnings per share ....................................................   $ 

0.19    $ 
0.19    $ 

(Dollars in thousands, except share data) 
Interest and dividend income ...............................................   $ 
Interest expense ....................................................................     
Net interest income ...........................................................     
Provision for loan losses ......................................................     
Net interest income after provision for loan losses ...........     

Non-interest income .............................................................     
Non-interest expense ............................................................     
Income before income tax expense ...................................     
Income tax expense ..............................................................     
Net income ........................................................................   $ 

11,113    $ 
1,872      
9,241      
169      
9,072      

1,705      
7,810      
2,967      
1,100      
1,867    $ 

Basic earnings per share .......................................................   $ 
Diluted earnings per share ....................................................   $ 

0.20    $ 
0.20    $ 

14,960    $ 
2,501      
12,459      
384      
12,075      

2,308      
8,842      
5,541      
2,080      
3,461    $ 

0.39    $ 
0.39    $ 

16,371  
2,614  
13,757  
389  
13,368  

2,890  
9,364  
6,894  
2,867  
4,027  

0.46  
0.45  

14,332    $ 
2,499      
11,833      
628      
11,205      

2,690      
8,956      
4,939      
1,839      
3,100    $ 

0.35    $ 
0.35    $ 

2016 

11,259    $ 
2,005      
9,254      
236      
9,018      

2,035      
8,412      
2,641      
832      
1,809    $ 

0.19    $ 
0.19    $ 

12,828  
2,115  
10,713  
317  
10,396  

2,411  
9,396  
3,411  
1,212  
2,199  

0.24  
0.24  

12,035    $ 
1,863      
10,172      
896      
9,276      

1,624      
8,196      
2,704      
960      
1,744    $ 

0.18    $ 
0.18    $ 

2015 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

(Dollars in thousands, except share data) 
Interest and dividend income ...............................................   $ 
Interest expense ....................................................................     
Net interest income ...........................................................     
Provision for loan losses ......................................................     
Net interest income after provision for loan losses ...........     

Non-interest income .............................................................     
Non-interest expense ............................................................     
Income before income tax expense ...................................     
Income tax expense ..............................................................     
Net income ........................................................................   $ 

11,232    $ 
1,761      
9,471      
320      
9,151      

1,154      
7,737      
2,568      
924      
1,644    $ 

11,259    $ 
1,833      
9,426      
113      
9,313      

1,370      
8,210      
2,473      
893      
1,580    $ 

10,913    $ 
1,793      
9,120      
44      
9,076      

1,554      
7,885      
2,745      
993      
1,752    $ 

Basic earnings per share .......................................................   $ 
Diluted earnings per share ....................................................   $ 

0.16    $ 
0.16    $ 

0.16    $ 
0.16    $ 

0.18    $ 
0.18    $ 

99 

11,185  
1,835  
9,350  
240  
9,110  

3,067  
8,827  
3,350  
1,185  
2,165  

0.22  
0.22  

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
Item 9.        Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, 
including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls 
and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based upon the evaluation, the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of June 30, 2017, the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures are effective. Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that 
information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  Company’s  reports  filed  or  submitted  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules 
and forms. In addition, no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls 
and procedures over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered 
by this annual report.  

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. The standard 
measures  adopted by  management  in  making  its  evaluation  are  the  measures  in  Interest  Control—Integrated Framework 
(2013) published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We do not expect that our 
disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objective will be met. Further, the 
design  of  a  control  system  must  reflect  the  fact  that  there  are  resource  constraints,  and  the  benefits  of  controls  must  be 
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can 
provide absolute assurance that all control issues, errors, and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been or 
will be detected. The inherent limitations include, among other things, the realities that judgments in decision-making can be 
faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls and procedures also can be circumvented 
by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management or employee override of the 
controls and procedures. The design of any system of controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about 
the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under 
all potential future conditions. Over time, controls and procedures may become inadequate because of changes in conditions 
or deterioration in the degree of compliance with its policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitation in a cost-
effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.  

Based on their evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
concluded, subject to the limitations described above, that our internal controls and procedures over financial reporting as of 
the end of the period covered by this report were effective and that there were no material weaknesses. 

100 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
Northeast Bancorp 

We have audited Northeast Bancorp’s and subsidiary (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of June 
30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
included in the accompanying “Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (a)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 
30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of 
income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended 
June 30, 2017 and our report dated September 13, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion. 

/s/ RSM US LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
September 13, 2017 

101 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no significant changes in our internal controls, or in other factors that could significantly affect our internal 
controls, subsequent to the date the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer completed their evaluation, including 
any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies or material weaknesses.  

Item 9B.  Other Information.  

None.  

PART III  

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.  

The information required by Item 10 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation  

The information required by Item 11 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters  

The information required by Item 12 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

The information required by Item 13 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

The information required by Item 14 shall be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

102 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a)  Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules 

PART IV  

   Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015  

   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015  

   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 

   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 

   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015  

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(b)  Exhibits 

3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Northeast Bancorp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1

of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

3.2   Articles  of  Amendment  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Northeast  Bancorp
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 
2011). 

3.3   Articles  of  Amendment  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Northeast  Bancorp
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 
29, 2012). 

3.4   Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Northeast  Bancorp  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  of  Northeast

Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

4.1   Registration Rights Schedule to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 30, 2010, by and between
Northeast Bancorp and FHB Formation LLC (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A of 
Northeast Bancorp filed on March 19, 2012). 

4.2   Form  of  6.75%  Fixed-to-Floating  Subordinated  Note  due  2026  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of

Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2016). 
10.1+   Northeast Bancorp Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.* 
10.2a+   Form  of  Restricted Stock Award Agreement  under  the Northeast  Bancorp  Amended  and  Restated  2010 Stock 

Option and Incentive Plan (issued on or after May 25, 2017)* 

10.2b+   Form  of  Restricted Stock Award Agreement  under  the Northeast  Bancorp  Amended  and  Restated  2010 Stock 

Option and Incentive Plan (issued before May 25, 2017)* 

10.3+   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Company Employees under the Northeast Bancorp Amended 

and Restated 2010 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.* 

10.4+   Non-Qualified  Time-Based  Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December  29,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast 
Bancorp and Richard Wayne (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

10.5+   Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Performance-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 22, 2013, by
and  between  Northeast  Bancorp  and  Richard  Wayne  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  Northeast
Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2013). 

10.6+   Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and between Northeast Bancorp and Robert
Glauber (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 5, 2011). 

10.7+   Amended and Restated Performance-Based Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, dated March 24, 2011, by and
between  Northeast  Bancorp  and  Matthew  Botein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  Northeast
Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2011). 

10.8+   Non-Qualified Time-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 24, 2011, by and between Northeast Bancorp
and Matthew Botein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form
8-K filed on March 30, 2011). 

103 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
10.9+   Non-Qualified Performance-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 24, 2011, by and between Northeast
Bancorp and Matthew Botein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2011). 

10.10+   Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, by and between Northeast Bancorp and
each of the members of the Board (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

10.11+   Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  30,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast  Bancorp  and  Richard  Wayne 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 
5, 2011). 

10.12   Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June  29,  2016,  by  and  among  Northeast  Bancorp  and  the
Purchasers identified therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2016). 

21   Subsidiaries of Northeast Bancorp* 

23.1   Consent of RSM US LLP* 
23.2   Consent of Ernst and Young LLP* 
31.1   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002.* 

31.2   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002.* 

32.1   Rule 13a-14(b) Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document* 
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document* 
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document* 
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document* 
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document* 
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document* 

*  Filed herewith 

+  Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement 

104 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

NORTHEAST BANCORP 

Date: September 13, 2017 

By: 

/s/ RICHARD WAYNE  
Richard Wayne 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ RICHARD WAYNE  
Richard Wayne 

    Chief Executive Officer and Director  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

    September 13, 2017 

/s/ BRIAN SHAUGHNESSY 
Brian Shaughnessy 

    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial  
   Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 

    September 13, 2017 

    Chairman of the Board 

    September 13, 2017 

    September 13, 2017 

    September 13, 2017 

    September 13, 2017 

    September 13, 2017 

    September 13, 2017 

/s/ ROBERT GLAUBER  
Robert Glauber 

/s/ MATTHEW BOTEIN  
Matthew Botein 

/s/ CHERYL DORSEY  
Cheryl Dorsey 

/s/ JOHN C. ORESTIS  
John C. Orestis 

/s/ DAVID TANNER  
David Tanner 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

/s/ JUDITH E. WALLINGFORD  
Judith E. Wallingford 

    Director 

105 

  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
     
  
 
   
   
 
     
  
 
   
   
 
     
  
 
   
   
 
     
  
 
   
   
 
     
  
 
   
   
 
     
     
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

Board of Directors
for Northeast Bancorp
and Northeast Bank

Robert R. Glauber, Chairman
Lecturer
Harvard Kennedy School of 
Government

Matthew B. Botein
Co-Founder and 
Managing Partner
Gallatin Point Capital LLC

Cheryl Lynn Dorsey
President
Echoing Green

John C. Orestis
President and
Chief Executive Officer
North Country Associates

David A. Tanner
Managing Director
Three Mile Capital LLC

Judith E. Wallingford
Retired President
The Maine Water Company

Richard Wayne
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Northeast Bancorp

Senior Management

Richard Wayne
President and
Chief Executive Officer

Patrick Dignan
Executive Vice President

Brian Fenwick
Managing Director,
Loan Underwriting

Brad Heritage
SVP, Business Development

Christopher Hickey
Director of Asset Management 
and Managing Director

Heidi Jacques
SVP, Director of Human Resources

Julie Jenkins
SVP, Director of Operations

James Krumsiek, Esq.
Managing Director and 
Legal Counsel

Jonathan Levirne
SVP, Business Development

Theresa Morrison
SVP, Director of Real Estate 
Valuation

Brian Pinheiro
Chief Risk Officer and  
Interim Chief Financial Officer

Jonathan Smith
SVP, Director of SBA Lending

Jeff Wright
SVP, Retail Sales & 
Operations Manager,
Community Banking Division

NEB-20734.AnnualReport.2017.FR.indd   7

9/22/17   11:37 AM

Shareholder Information

Corporate Offices

Branch Offices

Annual Meeting
10:00 am EST, Friday, November 17, 2017 at the 
offices of Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern 
Avenue, Boston, MA 02210.

Transfer Agent 
Computershare, Inc.
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
800.942.5909

Annual Report on Form 10-K and  
Other Financial Information
A copy of Northeast Bancorp’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission may be obtained from the Company 
by sending a written request to:
Shareholder Relations
Northeast Bancorp
500 Canal Street
Lewiston, ME 04240

The common stock of Northeast Bancorp trades 
on NASDAQ under the symbol NBN.

Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this report that are not historical 
facts may be considered forward-looking statements. 
For more information regarding factors that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those 
projected in the forward-looking statements, see 
“A Note About Forward-Looking Statements” in the 
Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Northeast Bancorp and its subsidiaries are 
an Equal Opportunity Employer.

Northeast Bancorp 
500 Canal Street 
Lewiston, ME 04240  
207.786.3245

Northeast Bancorp 
200 Berkeley Street
Boston, MA 02116
617.585.3200

Northeast Bancorp 
27 Pearl Street
Portland, ME 04101
207.774.1426

Connecting All Locations
800.284.5989
www.northeastbank.com

Loan Production 
Offices

Maine

BANGOR 
 21 Main Street , Suite 203  
Bangor, ME 04401 
 207.217.6750

New Hampshire

HAMPTON 
881 Lafayette Road, Unit D 
 North Hampton, NH 03842  
603.570.4879

AUBURN  
232 Center Street*  
Auburn, ME 04210 
 207.783.5632

AUGUSTA  
235 Western Avenue*  
Augusta, ME 04330  
207.623.0603

BETHEL  
11 Main Street**  
Bethel, ME 04217  
207.824.2117

BRUNSWICK 
 186 Maine Street*  
Brunswick, ME 04011 
 207.729.8711

BUCKFIELD 
 2 Depot Street**  
Buckfield, ME 04220  
207.336.2371

HARRISON  
46 Main Street** 
 Harrison, ME 04040 
 207.583.2954

LEWISTON  
500 Canal Street** 
 Lewiston, ME 04240  
207.786.3245

POLAND  
1399 Maine Street*  
Poland, ME 04274  
207.998.3475

PORTLAND  
27 Pearl Street** 
 Portland, ME 04101  
207.774.1426

SOUTH PARIS  
235 Main Street*  
South Paris, ME 04281  
207.743.8168

*  Drive-up ATM
** Walk-up ATM

NEB-20734.AnnualReport.2017.FR.indd   8

9/22/17   11:37 AM